Office of Strategic Services - Reports - Celebes Sea Area- Volume 1, May 1944
Images (4)
Document
| id |
id
16620569
|
|---|---|
| contentType |
contentType
document
|
| source |
source
import
|
Source image fields (6)
Extracted text
OCR Page 1 of 4PSF subject file ; OSS Celebes Sea area may 1944
OFFICE OF STRATEGIC SERVICES
WASHINGTON, D.C.
26 July 1944
Miss Grace Tully,
The White House,
Washington, D. C.
Dear Grace:
Would you be kind enough to place
the attached memorandum before the President?
Thank you.
Sincerely,
Pill
William J. Donovan,
Director
REGRADED UNCLASSIFIED
OFFICE OF STRATEGIC SERVICES
WASHINGTON, D.C.
26 July 1944
MEMORANDUM FOR THE PRESIDENT
I believe you may be interested to receive
the attached copy of the JANIS (Joint Army-Navy In-
telligence Study) of the Celebes Sea Area which rep-
resents the successful combined effort of several
governmental agencies.
William J. Donovan
Director
REGRADED UNCLASSIFIED
CONFIDENTIAL
JANIS 155
Volume No. 1 of 4
Non-registered
JOINT ARMY- NAVY
INTELLIGENCE STUDY
OF
Celebes Sea Area
*
JOINT INTELLIGENCE STUDY PUBLISHING BOARD
May . 1944
DECLASSIFIED
By Authority of
JCS letter, 7-25-75
By SR Date JUL 31 1975
1034 CONNECTICUT AVE.
Washington 6, D. C.
30 May 1944.
MEMORANDUM
Subject:
JANIS No. 155.
1.
Joint Army-Navy Intelligence Study of Celebes Sea Area
{JANIS No. 155) is promulgated herewith.
2.
This is a confidential non-registered publication. It con-
tains information affecting the national defense of the United States
within the meaning of the Espionage Act, 50, U.S.C. 31 and 32, as amended.
Its transmission or the revelation of its.contents to an unauthorized
person is prohibited by law.
3.
When complete, JANIS No. 155 will comprise Chapters I to
XIII, inclusive, and a Plans Pouch containing reference maps.
4.
As & means of effecting quick distribution, the various chap-
ters will be issued as they come from the printer, not necessarily in
numerical order.
5.
At the time of this distribution the following chapters are
issued: III, V, IX, X and XI.
6.
It is anticipated that the issue will be complete by 30 June
1944. As the several chapters are received, the recipient should arrange
them in numerical order in the binders provided, and check-off in the
space below.
7.
The effective pages of each chapter are listed inside the
chapter covers. A list of the plans is issued with the Plans Pouch. A.
combined List of Effective Pages will be included with the final distribu-
tion.
8.
The distribution of this publication to naval activities
is effected through the Registered Publications Issuing Offices, and
requests for copies not included in Registered Publication Allowance
Tables should be addressed to the Division of Naval Intelligence. The
War Department will distribute this publication to army units, and
requests from army units should be directed through army channels.
JOINT INTELLIGENCE STUDY PUBLISHING BOARD
Chapter III VI VII VIII IX XII XIII Plans
Date
Rec'd
JANIS 155
1
Non-registered
CHAPTER I
MIDWAY IS.
HAWAIIAN IS
HONOLULU'
WAKE L
MARIANAS , IS.
JOHNSTON I,
PHILIPPINE
FRENCH-INDO
IS.
GUAM
CHINA
PALAU
MARSHALL DIS.
CAROLINE ISLANDS
GRBERT IS
/ BORNEO
CHRISTMAS 1.
CLIEN
NEW
GUINEA
OLOMON IS,
TIMOR
AUSTRALIA
JOINT ARMY-NAVY INTELLIGENCE STUDY
OF
CELEBES SEA AREA
BRIEF
DECLASSIFIED
By Authority of
MAY 1944
JCS letter, 7-25-75
By 8R Date JUL 31 1975
NECLASSIFIED
By Authority of
JCS letter, 7-25-75
By SR Date JUL 31 1975
List of Effective Pages, Chapter I
CHANGE IN
Sunjact MATTER
Erract
PAGE NUMBERS
Cover Page
Original
unnumbered
List of Effective Pages and Table of Contents, Chapter I
(inside front cover)
Original
unnumbered
Text and Figures
Original
PP. I-1 to I-26
Figure (insert, reverse blank)
Original
Figure I-1
Figure (insert, reverse blank)
Original
Figure I-2
Figure (insert, reverse blank)
Original
Figure I-3
Figure (insert, reverse blank)
Original
Figure I-4
Text
Original
pp. I-27 to I-28
Figure (insert, reverse blank)
Original
Figure I-5
Figure (insert, reverse blank)
Original
Figure I-6
Text
Original
PP. I-29 to I-42
Figure (insert, reverse blank)
Original
Figure I-7
Figure (insert, reverse blank)
Original
Figure I-8
Figure (insert, reverse blank)
Original
Figure I-9
Figure (insert, reverse blank)
Original
Figure I-10
Figure (insert, reverse blank)
Original
Figure I-11
Figure (insert, reverse blank)
Original
Figure I-12
Table of Contents, cont'd (inside back cover, reverse blank)
Original
unnumbered
Table of Contents
Note: This Chapter is based on material available in Washington, D. C. on 25 April 1944.
Page
Pay
FOREWORD
I-1
E. Northeast Borneo
I-13
I - 1
(1) Coasts
1-13
MAP EVALUATION
(2) Landing beaches
I-14
10. MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
I - 3
F. Northern Celebes sector
I-14
A. Relief
I- 6
(1) Coasts
I-14
(2) Landing beaches
I-14
B. Drainage and water supply
I - 6
(1) Rivers
I - 6
13. WEATHER AND CLIMATE
I-14
(2) Swamps
I- 7
(3) Lakes
I 7
A. Ground operations
I-15
(4) Water supply
I- 7
B. Air operations
15
C. Vegetation
I - 7
C. Naval and amphibious operations
I-15
D. Soil trafficability
I- 7
D. Chemical warfare
I-15
E. Critical areas
I- 8
14. TOWNS AND PORT FACILITIES
I-15
(1) Kaoe Bay Region, Halmahera
8
(2) Bukidnon Uplands, Mindanao
I 8
A. Halmahera sector
I-15
(3) Tarakan, Borneo
8
(1) Ternate
I-15
(4) Minahasa Region, Celebes
8
(2) Villages
I-16
F. Routes to critical areas
I- 8
B. Sangihe-Talaud sector
I-16
(1) Routes to Kaoe Bay Region, Halmahera
I 8
C. Mindanao sector
I-16
(2) Routes to Bukidnon Uplands, Mindanao
8
(3) Routes to and in Northeast Borneo
(1) Surigao
-16
8
(2) CAgayan
I-17
(4) Routes in Northern Celebes
I 8
(3) Iligan
I-17
G. Regional summary
I- 8
(4) Misamis
17
11. OCEANOGRAPHY
I-11
(5) Oroquieta
18
A. Tides
11
(6) Zamboanga
18
B. General circulation
(7) Cotabato
I-18
I-11
C. Sea and swell
(8) Davao
15
I-11
D. Sea-water characteristics
(9) Malaybalay
19
I-11
E. Bottom sediments
(10) Dansalan
19
I-11
(11) Villages
I-19
12. COASTS AND LANDING BEACHES
I-11
D. Sulu Archipelago
I-21
A. Halmahera sector
I-11
(1) Jolo
I-21
(1) Coasts
I-11
(2) Villages
22
(2) Landing beaches
I-12
E. Northeast Borneo
I-22
B. Sangihe-Talaud sector
I-12
(1) Jesselton
22
(1) Coasts
1-12
(2) Sandakan
I - 23
(2) Landing beaches
I-12
(3) Lingkas
23
C. Mindanao sector
I-12
(4) Villages
24
(1) Coasts
I-12
(2) Landing beaches
F. Northern Celebes sector
I-24
13
(1) Manado
24
D. Sulu Archipelago and Basilan Island
I-13
(2) Gorontalo
1-24
(1) Coasts
13
(3) Tondano
I 24
(2) Landing beaches
I-13
(4) Villages
24
FOREWORD
Page I I
The purpose of this study is "to make available one publication containing all the necessary detailed information upon
which may be based a war plan for military operations" in the Celebes Sea Area.
In order to increase the usefulness of the study, the material has been presented in 2 distinct patterns.
Chapter I, entitled "Brief," is a condensation, and to some degree an interpretation, of the material presented in much
greater detail in the succeeding chapters. It is intended as a "quick look," complementing the main body of the study, to
which reference can be made where more detailed information is desired.
The material for this study has been contributed by the intelligence agencies authoritative in the various subjects.
For the purpose of convenience, contents have been made up into 4 volumes, the last of which is a Plans Pouch containing
plans numbered 1 to 62 inclusive.
JOINT INTELLIGENCE STUDY PUBLISHING BOARD
Map Evaluation
G. Geologic Map of Jembongan-Tembelang, 1:50,000. Sara-
wak Oilfields, Ltd., 1936. Detail is dense. Corrects errors in
existing published maps.
British North Borneo
A. District Road Development Maps, 1:63,360. Surveyor Gen-
Netherlands Borneo
eral, Jesselton.
Sandakan District, 1934.
A. Sangkoelirang Area, 1:100,000. NNVPM. 1934.
Lahad Datu District, 1934.
Tawau District, 1934.
This is an oil company map made from reconnaissance sur-
Kudar District, 1934.
veys. No topography is shown. Geologic data is shown. Only the
Maps contain general road classification. Topography is
main rivers are shown in detail. All other data is sparse. Map is
shown by sparse hachures. Drainage and cultural detail is
considered fairly reliable.
sparse. Considered to be of reconnaissance nature and of value
B. Tarakan Island, 1:50,000. Topografische Dienst, 1936.
for classifications but not for positions of all detail.
Standard Dutch topographic map. Map is considered reliable.
B. District Maps, 1:63,360. Surveyor General, Jesselton.
C. Zuider Costerafdeeling van Borneo, 1:750,000. Topo-
Labuk District (undated).
graphische Inrichting, 1913.
Simporna, 1935.
Sandakan (undated).
Four-sheet general map covering all of Eastern Netherlands
These maps show very sparse topographic hachures and drain-
Borneo. Topography is by hachures. Map is considered fairly
reliable,
age data. Road classification is detailed. The maps are considered
to be sketchy in nature and are fairly reliable.
C. District Plans. Surveyor General, Jesselton.
Celebes
Jembongan Island, 1 inch - 20 chains (undated)
(covers parts of north and south shore).
Tungku, 1:12,232, 1932.
A. Noord en Midden Celebes, 1:500,000. Topographische In-
Kudat, 1:15,840, 1936.
richting, 1919.
Tambisan, 1 inch - 16 chains (undated).
Lahad Datu, 1:12,232 and 1:15,840, 1932-34.
Four-sheet map covering nearly all of Celebes. Topography
Tawau, 1:12,232, 1941.
by hachures. Not considered reliable.
Sandakan, 1:12,232 and 1:12,840, 1933-38.
B. Zuidoost Celebes, 1:500,000. Topographische Inrichting,
Contains detailed plans of all plantations and roads. Topog-
1924.
raphy is shown by sparse hachures. Considered reliable.
Topography shown by shading. Map is considered fairly re-
D. Kudat and Marudu Bay, 1:126,720 (undated). Surveyor
liable.
General, Jesselton.
C. Geologische Schetakaart van den Noordaim van Celebes,
Topography is sparse and is shown by hachures. Cultural and
1:200,000. Jaarbock van het Mijnwezon in N.I., 1928.
drainage detail is very sparse. Map is considered to be fairly re-
liable.
Reconnaissance geologic map with contours. Considered
fairly reliable.
E Plan of a portion of the East Coast of North Borneo,
D. Netherlands Indies, 1:200,000. Topografische Dienst,
1:380,160. Surveyor General, Jesselton, 1940.
1939-40.
Map is partially made from aerial photographs. Detail is
Compiled maps covering Talaud and Sangihe Islands and
very sparse. Map is considered unreliable. Covers NE side of
northern arm of Celebes. Topography by hachures and contours.
British Borneo, from coast to about 50 miles inland.
Considered fairly reliable.
F. Geologic Map of Dent Peninsula, 1:200,000. Sarawak Oil-
Portion of map covering part of northern arm of Celebes is
fields, Ltd., 1936. Based on aerial photographs. Map is re-
compiled map. Topography by hachures. Data shown is sparse.
liable but shows planimetric data only.
Considered unreliable. DECLASSIFIED
By Authority of
JCS letter, 7-25-75
By
SR
JUL 31 1975
Date
Page I 2
MAP EVALUATION
E. Atlas Midden Celebes, 1:100,000. E. C. Abendanon, 1916.
sheets. These are not considered reliable. Sheets north of 40°
Maps of limited coverage along routes of traverse. Topog-
are reliable.
raphy by contours. Some geologic data shown. Considered re-
O. Celebes, 1:30,000. Topographische Inrichting, Topogra-
liable.
fische Dienst, 1923-34.
F. Schetskaart van Midden Celebes, 1:200,000. A. C. Kruijt,
Standard Dutch topographic sheets. Considered reliable.
1926.
Covers southwestern arm of Celebes and Salajar.
General compiled map of Middle Celebes. Topography by
P. Celebes, 1:25,000. Topographische Inrichting, 1923-27.
hachures. Not considered reliable.
Standard Dutch topographic sheets covering area to south
G. Meer-Gebeid van Midde Celebes, 1:30,000. Jaarbock
and east of Makassar. Considered reliable.
v.h. Mijnwezon in N.O.I., 1924.
Q. Celebes, 1:125,000. AMS, 1942-43.
Sparse data along route of traverse. Topography by contours.
Compiled topographic map. Covers area south of 3°. Based
Considered reliable.
on Dutch 1:100,000 and 1:50,000 maps. First edition is not
H. Schetskaart v.h. Cebergre, 1:200,000. Jaarbock v.h. Mijn-
reliable. Second edition is considered reliable.
wegan in N.O.I. 1920.
R. Soola Elanden, 1:250,000. Topographische Inrichting,
Compiled map. Topography by form lines. Considered fairly
1927.
reliable.
Covers all of the Sulu Group. Topography by shading. De-
1. Costarm van Celebes, 1:500,000. Jaarbock v.h. Mijnwezon
tail sparse. Considered unreliable.
in N.I., 1929.
Compiled map. Detail is sparse. Topography by contours.
Considered unreliable.
Molukken Islands
J. Costarm van Celebes on Pelang Eland, 1:100,000. Neder-
A. Halmahera and vicinity, 1:100,000. Topografische Dienst,
landsche Pacific Petroeum Mij., 1941.
1924-36. Standard reconnaissance topographic maps cover-
Sparse planimetric and geologic data along lines of traverse.
ing Halmahera, Ternate, Tidore, and adjacent islands.
Considered fairly reliable.
Topography by contours. Maps are considered to be only fair-
K. Schetakaart v.h. Landschap Boston, 1:250,000. Topograph-
ly reliable.
ische Inrichting, 1916.
B. Ceram, 1:100,000. Topografische Dienst, 1919.
Compiled map. Topography by hachures. Considered unre-
Topographic maps based on reconnaissance survey. Reliabil-
liable.
ity is fair except for positions which in the area of Pirve Basi
L Geologische Kaart v.h. Eland Boston. 1:200,000. Topog.
are out as much as 2' 30".
rafische Dienst, 1936.
Map covers Boston Island only. Planimetric and geologic de-
Mindanao
tail shown. Considered fairly reliable.
M. Tokang Besi Eilanden, 1:250,000. Topographische In-
No reliable surveys over Mindanao are available. Numerous
richting, 1916.
reconnaissance maps produced by the Philippine Department,
Compiled map. Topography by hachures. Detail sparse.
U. S. Army, between 1902 and 1913 are available but each
Considered unreliable.
covers only small local areas. Their reliability is poor. Jolo and
Tawi-Tawi are covered at 1:80,000 and 1:62,500, respectively,
N. Celebes, 1:100,000. Topographische Inrichting. Topog-
rafische Dienst, 1919-37.
produced by the Philippine Department. Their reliability is
fair. At present AMS is producing 1:50,000 scale maps on the
Covers southwestern arm of Celebes except for gap between
Sulu Archipelago and 1:100,000 scale on Mindanao, which
4° and 4° 40's. Oldest sheets are in the south. Standard Dutch
will incorporate the data from all available sources plus some
sheets. Sheets south of 4° 40' do not check with later 1:50,000
corrections from aerial photographs.
Chapter I
Page I 3
BRIEF
-
M*
100°
100°
III*
us
120
189°
130°
139°
140°
148°
150
150°
140°
SEA
OF
Tiegrain
15°
Dairen
d
39°
JAPAN
Tok
KOREA
YELLOW
JAPAN
SEA
N°
à
C
a
H
KYUSHU
R
T
H
Shanghai
Z
A
N.
Hangchow
Yungkiaci
EAST
CHINA
29'
SEA
C
F
C
à
P
A
Cauton
U
.
a
A
Bolligkong
FORMOSA
20°
Hangio
-
C
E
A
N
MY
FRENCH
Renggen
€
MARKAN
MARIANAS
INDO
ISLANDS
19*
IF
THAILAND
LUDON
Bengkole
Manifago
PHILIPPINES
Guen T
CHINA
10°
Salgon
10°
%
Bandon
Palaman
Negrah
MALAY
sTruk
MINDANAO
Palas
PENNSILA
Agrao
C
-
I
E
"
N.
Pink
-
MALAY
sorned
STATES
D
8
*
Singapore
SABAWAK
Caletas Sine
milmohare
P
N
Schang,
OF
Padage
2839
o
-
a
adminalty
CRUMS
Ceremi
Behalf
-
- les
NEW
à
2
Natavia
GUINEA
New
D.Area
8
Figres
Dianden
Urikal
SOLOMON
8
ISLANDS
LOCATION OF
TWOR
Dews
Port Moresbri
10°
CELEBES SEA AREA
- -
5
Dargier
Guil
a
15"
Deby
Redial Scole from Davos
Become
o
500
1000
A
U
$
T
R
A
L
I
A
Townsville
MILES
118°
LM*
129°
130°
139°
140°
148°
150°
155°
10. Military Geography
Approximate land area
Island
in square miles
Comparable in size to
The Celebes Sea lies northwest of Halmahera Island, and is
enclosed by the Sangihe-Talaud Islands, Mindanao Island, the
Halmahera Group
10,000
Vermont, Maryland, or
Sulu Archipelago, Northeastern Borneo and Northern Celebes.
Sicily
Together with numerous small adjacent islands, these major
Mindanao
36,906
Indiana, Maine, or Por-
land segments, and the waters they enclose, comprise the Celebes
tugal
Sea Area. The maximum dimensions of the area are approxi-
Northeastern Borneo
95,000
Wyoming, Great Brit-
mately 1,100 miles east-west and 850 miles north-south.
ain, or Korea
The approximate size of each major island or island portion
Northern Celebes
14,000
Switzerland, Nether-
within the area is shown below:
lands, or Salvador
Page 1.4 -
BRIEF
)
1
BALAWAN
N. BORNEO
MINDANAG
NOTE: On the photographed model, vertical scale to horizontal scale is 5 to 1,
BRIEF
Page 1 . 5
MINDASAO
P
1
North
Page I 6
BRIEF
There is a great deal of physical diversity within each island.
objectives are located on comparatively narrow and discontinu-
The area as a whole has unity, however, in that all the major
ous plains.
islands have:
Because of the peninsular character of the larger island masses
1. Rugged interiors which are only partially explored and which
included within the area, attention likely will be focussed also
are bordered by small discontinuous plains.
upon cross-island routes that will enable troops to cut off rela-
2. Interior basins or plains which are limited in size and in most
tively large segments of the islands. These routes, with few ex-
cases are difficult to reach.
ceptions, lead through mountain passes, and undoubtedly would
3. Moist, warm climate the year round.
4. Heavy cover of tropical vegetation.
cross numerous defensive positions. Very few routes are now
5. Adverse soil trafficability conditions during wet seasons.
utilized by motor roads, and it is doubtful if many are suited for
road construction.
It is important to note, however, that in several places the
The most significant smaller islands within the Celebes Sea
local physical conditions are more favorable than indicated
Area are those that have enough low flat land to be suitable for
above for military operations, and make it feasible to utilize
airfield development. Several such islands are located off the east
these lands for bases in operations moving westward and north-
ward toward Malaya, the northern Philippines, China, and
coast of Halmahera, and in the southern portion of the Sulu
Archipelago.
Japan.
B. Drainage and water supply.
A. Relief (Figures I - 7 and I . 8, Plan 1).
Poor drainage imposes major barriers to military operations
A large portion of the area consists of rough, mountainous
in many parts of the area, but water supply is adequate in most
terrain, especially in the interior of the islands. Low flat lands are
places and at most seasons.
found mainly along the coasts, or on flood plains of the large
rivers in Borneo and Mindanao. The coastal plains are usually
(1) Rivers.
narrow, and seldom are continuous for long distances.
The rivers generally are short and rapid, without broad coastal
Cross-country military operations will have to contend with
plains. Their drainage basins are small. The main exception to
difficult terrain problems throughout the area, with few excep-
this rule is in Borneo, particularly in the eastern and north-
tions. These exceptions are found in the Minahasa Region in
eastern portions. In the interior of this island the broad area of
the northeastern part of the northern peninsula of Celebes, and
hilly to mountainous terrain, which receives heavy rainfall, gives
in the central portion of Mindanao where there are wide stretch-
rise to many large rivers. These rivers have built flood plains at
the highland border, and flow in winding courses across these
es of open, rolling terrain. Elsewhere, the interiors of the islands
flood plains to the sea, The rivers are deep in their lower courses
under consideration are mountainous, covered with dense for-
and are practically the only easy routes of penetration into the
ests, sparsely inhabited, and accessible only by forest trails. For
interior of this large but little known island. From a military
this reason most military operations probably will be directed
point of view, however, they act more as barriers than routes,
against peripheral objectives-primarily airfields, harbors, sup-
since objectives are seldom located in the interior. These rivers
ply points, and garrison bases along the coasts. Nearly all such
are wide, deep, and susceptible to flooding, hence are effective
BRIEF
Page / 7
obstacles on overland routes from one coastal objective to an-
D. Soil trafficability (Figure I - 9).
other. Outside Borneo, there are only 2 rivers that would be
sufficiently large to act as tactical barriers for large troop units.
Soil trafficability refers to the capacity of soil to support the
These are the Agusan and Mindanso-Pulangi Rivers on the
movement of military vehicles. It applies especially to cross-
island of Mindanao.
country movement of vehicles and to traffic on unimproved
roads made of local soil, rather than to traffic on improved or
(2) Swamps.
surfaced roads. Soil trafficability is determined by the type of soil
Even more effective than the rivers as barriers to cross-coun-
(textural grade, organic matter content and other profile fea-
try movements are the swamps and marshes. Almost all of the
tures), topography, vegetation, and weather factors.
extensive ones are located on the flood plains of the large rivers
The difference in trafficability between the coarse-, medium-,
of Borneo and Mindanao. Small stretches of poorly drained land
and fine-textured soils is not so great in the Celebes Sea Area as
lie back of the beaches on many of the coastal plains and restrict
in higher latitudes. This situation results from the type of rock
coastal travel to narrow beach strips, thus limiting the area of
weathering (lateritic) which is characteristic of the area and
flat land available for airfields.
which generally produces medium-, and fine-textured soils which
are friable, and maintain their structure well, yet allow excess
(3) Lakes.
precipitation to drain rapidly. In spite of this ready drainage, the
There are few lakes in the Celebes Sea Area, and most of
general soil trafficability is moderately unfavorable.
these are either small ponds in volcanic craters or shallow swamp
The generally heavy rainfall is unfavorable to the movement
lakes on river flood plains. The only lakes that appear to be
of vehicles, and largely offsets the relatively favorable drainage
suitable for floar plane use are Lakes Lanao and Mainit on Min-
properties of the soils. Furthermore, the large islands have
danao, Galela Lake on Halmahera, and Tondano Lake on
heavily forested mountain regions in their interiors, which re-
Celebes.
strict movement to discontinuous coastal plains separated by
rocky headlands and swampy areas.
(4) Water supply.
The regions exposed to the northeast monsoon generally have
Most parts of the area have considerable rainfall. Numerous
higher annual precipitation and a relatively wet season in the
streams with headwaters in mountainous country afford fresh
northern winter, whereas places exposed to the southwest mon-
water at most places and at almost all seasons. On the very small
soon tend to have most rain in the northern summer, but re-
islands, however, particularly those of the low coral or sandy
ceive less annual rainfall. Consequently, conditions for vehicular
type, the only available fresh water is obtained either by collect-
movements will generally be least favorable on the northeast
ing rain water, or from shallow wells.
coasts of the larger islands during the northern winter, and least
favorable on the southwest coasts during the northern summer.
C. Vegetation (Plan 2).
Many of the smaller islands have steep, rocky slopes or, where
they are of low elevation, have a heavy mangrove cover. The
Wide expanses of unbroken rain forest are characteristic of
most trafficable soils are those developed on coral atolls, coral
nearly all the rough mountainous sections, and moss forest COV-
islands, and uplifted ceral rock along the coasts of the larger
ers large highland areas having exceptionally wet conditions.
islands. These soils are generally trafficable at all times.
Swamp forests are found on poorly drained lands, both upland
No soil surveys of any extent have been made in the Celebes
and lowland. On the coastal lowlands the type of vegetation is
Sea Area. The soil trafficability map is based upon geologic and
dependent in many cases, upon soil conditions, drainage, and the
topographic information which itself is incomplete. The soil
stage of cultural development of the area. Coastal mud flats in
trafficability boundaries, therefore, are approximations.
many cases have dense growths of mangrove. Where the land
A very common soil-type consists of soils which range from
is somewhat higher and less salty, but poorly drained, nipa
coarse- to medium-texture and include sandy loams, stony loams,
swamps are found. As a general rule, low sandy coastal plains
and loams. In general, these soils should be trafficable except
contain groves of coconut palms. Back from the sandy soil areas,
during and immediately following heavy precipitation. How-
the coastal lowlands are utilized for cultivated crops. The
ever, where they occur in heavily forested mountain regions,
amount of land so used, and the types of crops vary according to
their trafficability will be very poor regardless of weather.
locality. In Halmahera, Borneo, and on many of the smaller,
Fine-textured soils also cover large areas, especially on low-
sparsely populated islands, the vegetation on such plains is likely
lands. These include silty clay loams, clay loams, and clays.
to consist of scattered native gardens. Abandoned clearings
These soils are slippery when wet, but they recover rapidly from
grown up to tall coarse grass (kunei or cogon), or dense second-
the effects of precipitation. Their trafficability probably is some-
ary forest.
what less favorable than that of the coarse- and medium-tex-
In culturally more advanced portions of the area, such as
tured soils. Fine-textured soils also occur in mountainous re-
Celebes and Mindanao, open cultivated fields are much more
gions where unfavorable topography restricts ground move-
common. Rice and corn are usually important corps. Large plan-
ment.
tations are relatively rare outside Mindanao.
Intermittently-flooded soils occur at many places along the
Intermediate slopes, or low hilly land, commonly are in
coasts of the islands, usually at the mouths of streams and rivers,
either secondary forest or scattered clearings. Mindanao contains
and in the interior river basins of the larger islands. These allu-
the broadest areas of open grasslands. The Bukidnon and Lanao
vial soils are frequently non-trafficable during and after rainy
Uplands, in central Mindanao, have hundreds of square miles of
periods. During dry weather their trafficability is moderately
grasslands, and the flat interstream areas in these regions require
favorable. Lowlands planted in rice are similarly flooded during
little more than the cutting of the coarse tall grass to make them
growing seasons, and are not completely dry even at harvest
suitable for emergency airfields.
time.
Page I 8
BRIEF
There are moderately large swamps and marshes on many
(1) Routes to Kaoe Bay Region, Halmabera.
parts of the coastal lowlands and along the larger river valleys.
At the present time, there are no motor roads leading to the
The swamps, or moeras, are very wet and muddy. Locally in such
Kaoe Bay Region from other parts of the island. The only routes,
areas a man may sink to his shoulders. The marshland, or dras-
with the exception of the bridle track across the Dodinga
land, also muddy but less deep, generally has no standing water.
Ischmus, are along native footpaths. There are many of these,
At many places mangrove swamps are serious obstacles to land-
especially from the west coast, but few of them have potentiali-
ing operations. The small scale of FIGURE I - 9 makes it unfeasi-
ties for development into motor supply roads.
ble to show the numerous mangrove swamps.
(2) Routes to Bukidnon Uplands, Mindanao.
E. Critical areas.
This strategically important area in the central portion of
There are 4 areas, each located on 1 of the major islands
Mindanso has immediate approaches only from the north and
of the region, that have critical strategic importance. These in-
south, but there are several points along the periphery of the is-
clude the Kaoe Bay Region of Halmahera, the Bukidnon Up-
land from which good routes lead toward these 2 entrances.
lands of Mindanao, the island of Tarakan off the east coast of
The routes from the coastal points toward the Bukidnon Up-
Borneo, and the Minahasa Region of Northern Celebes. Tarakan
lands are already utilized by good motor roads, but they are
Island is important because of its oil, which can be used as fuel
more than just roads, since there is open, low terrain suitable
oil directly, without being refined. The strategic importance of
for deployment in most places. There are also a number of foot
the other areas is the result of terrain and position.
or pack trails through forested mountain country that lead
toward the strategic area from both the east and west.
(1) Kaoe Bay Region, Halmabera.
This region is strategically located about midway between
(3) Routes to and in Northeast Borneo.
the southern portion of the Philippines and the Vogelkop or
There is no approach to Tarakan Island other than by sea.
westernmost part of New Guinea. Kaoe Bay is a large sheltered
Furthermore, the mainland opposite the island consists of low,
anchorage, and can accommodate an entire fleet. There are low,
swampy, delta country, covered with mangroves and other
flat plains in the vicinity, where the Japanese have several air-
swamp vegetation. There is almost no access to the rest of North-
fields in use or under construction. The rugged peninsulas on
eastern Borneo except by boat along the coast, or up the rivers
either side of the bay provide good defensive positions.
to inland trail connections.
(2) Bukidnon Uplands, Mindanao.
(4) Routes in Northern Celebes.
This region is located in the north central portion of the is-
The Minahasa Region and the most critical points within it,
land, and is the natural fortress of Mindanao. Its numerous air-
the Lake Tondano area and the port of Manado, are accessible
fields and potential airfield sites, its natural defenses, and its
from the following points: along the macadamized road from
road connections to both the northern and southern coastal areas,
Lombagin to Amoerang; from either end of the Kanado-Kema
make it the logical center of defense by ground and air forces.
road; from either end of the Amoerang-Belang road; from
(3) Tarakan, Borneo.
Likoepang at the northeastern tip. Access to the interior is re-
This island is located just off shore from the swampy delta
stricted by steep slopes to the routes leading inland from the
area at the mouth of the Sesajap River in Northeastern Borneo.
points mentioned above, but once the plateau is reached, there
It is important for its oil fields. It is not an easy area to attack,
is a fairly good network of roads, and the terrain would permit
as the island is bordered on nearly all sides by dense mangrove
deployment off the roads in many places.
swamps, and contains a hilly, heavily wooded central core.
The Gorontalo-Loeandang route, a considerable distance west
of the Minahasa Region, has some strategic significance because
(4) Minabasa Region, Celebes.
it bisects the northern peninsula. A possible potential route also
There are 2 main objectives for military operations in this
exists from Gorontalo, via the Bone Valley, eastward toward
area. These are the harbor of Manado, and the airbases near
the upper portion of the Ongkag Doemoga basin, from which a
Tondano Lake. The Minahasa Region also has strategic im-
portance because of the general suitability of the terrain for mili-
motor road leads to Minahasa, via Lombagin. A military road
tary operations, the relatively good network of roads, and the
along this route was begun prior to the war, but was never com-
available local labor supply.
pleted. Much of it is through hilly to mountainous terrain.
F. Routes to critical areas.
G. Regional summary.
The most important strategic routes are indicated on Plan 1
TABLE I 1 summarizes the data on relief drainage, vegeta-
and on FIGURES I 7 and 10.
tion, and water supply.
TABLE I 1.
MAJOR AREA
TERRAIN REGION
RELIEF
DRAINAGE
VEGETATION
WATER SUPPLY
Halmabera
Southern Halmahera
Narrow coastal plains;
Small mountain
Rain forest; narrow strips
Wells and streams.
hilly to mountainous in-
streams,muchswamp
of coconur plantations
terior.
on coastal plains.
along the coast.
BRIEF
Page 9
TABLE I-1 (Continued)
MAJOR AREA
TERRAIN REGION
RELIEF
DRAINAGE
VEGETATION
WATER SUPPLY
Central Halmahera
Mountainous; few scat-
Sangadji River; small
Rain forest in the interior;
Wells and streams.
tered coastal plains; NE
mountain streams;
cultivation and second
Peninsula, the most rug.
narrow swamps.
growth on coastal strips.
ged.
Northern Halmahera
Open plains; rolling
Kaoe River; other
Much second growth; some
Wells and streams.
(Kaoe-Tobelo Low-
country; dissected ter-
streams small:
grasslands in lower Kaoe
lands and Ridges)
races.
swamps in middle
valley; coconut planta-
Kaoe valley and near
tions along the coast.
Akelamo.
Northern Halmshera
Low mountains; steep
Lamo River and
Rain forest.
Streams.
(Lamo-Kaoe Block)
NW side.
small mountain
streams; swamps on
N side of Dodinga
Bay.
Northern Halmahera
High volcanic cones;
Mountain streams;
Rain forest in interior;
Wells and streams.
(Volcanic Range)
rough hill country be-
swamps at head of
clearings and second
tween; flat coastal plains
Djailolo Bay.
growth on coastal plains.
on W.
Northern Halmahera
Undulating to flat plain;
Tiabo River; swamps
Scattered parches of grass-
Wells and streams.
(Galela Plain and
narrow flat valley.
N of Galela, and in
land, gardens, coconur
Tiabo Valley)
middle portion of
groves and secondary for-
Tiabo valley; Gale-
ests on plain; Tiabo val-
la Lake.
ley heavily forested.
Northern Halmahera
Narrow, steep mountain
Small mountain
Rain forest; small clearings
Wells and streams.
(N W Mountain
range; narrow, discon-
streams.
along coast.
Ridge)
tinuous coastal plains.
Morotai Island
Rugged interior; widest
Small mountain
Rain forest; scattered
Wells and streams.
lowlands along SW coast.
streams.
clearings, gardens and sec-
ond growth.
Western Volcanic
High volcanic cones; nar-
No permanent
Barren mountain tops;
Wells and springs.
Islands
row coastal plains; fair-
streams; small
brush and forest farther
ly gentle, undissected
swamps on coastal
down; gardens and planta-
lower slopes.
strips.
tions on lower slopes.
Barjan Islands
Rough hilly terrain; low-
Small streams, few
Rain forest; small planta-
Wells and springs.
(Kasiroeta Island)
land in S.
have permanent
tions and clearings along
flow; swamps at W
coast.
end of S lowland.
Batjan Islands
Four mountainous penin-
Small streams;
Rain forest; plantations in
Wells and springs.
(Batjan Island)
sulas, separated by low,
swamps east of La-
Laboeha area; scattered
flat corridors.
boeha and along
clearings and second
Sambaki Strait.
growth.
Barjan Islands
Hilly interior; narrow
No permanent
Coconuts along coast, rain
Wells and springs.
(Obit Island)
coastal flats on W and S.
streams.
forest in interior.
Barjan Islands
Hilly; narrow coastal
No permanent
Coconuts along coast; rain
Wells and springs.
(Mandioli Island)
plain.
streams; swampy on
forest in interior.
S coast.
Mindanao
Southern Mountains
Mountainous; Koranadal
Short mountain
Rain forest; grasslands at
Wells, cisterns, and
corridor NW of Saran-
streams.
head of Sarangani Bay and
streams.
gani Bay.
in Koronadal Valley.
Central Mountains
Mountainous; pass be-
Swift mountain
Rain forest, moss forest;
Streams and springs.
tween Digos and upper
streams.
lower slopes cultivated in
Cotabato Basin.
south.
Davao Lowlands
Flat to rolling.
Small rivers; swamps
Coconuts along the coast;
Wells, cisterns, and
at mouths of streams
extensive abaca planta-
streams.
and at head of Davao
rions; some forest.
Gulf.
a
Page 10
BRIEF
TABLE I - 1 (Continued)
MAJOR AREA
TERRAIN REGION
RELIEF
DRAINAGE
VEGETATION
WATER SUPPLY
Eastern Mindanio
Mountainous; isolated
Mountain streams;
Dense rain forest; scattered
Wells and streams.
coastal plains at heads of
no large rivers; some
clearings on coastal plains.
bays; rough, hilly penin-
swampy areas on
sulas.
coastal plains.
Agusan Basin
Broad, flat lowland.
Agusan River sys-
Mostly dense rain forest;
Wells, cisterns, and
rem; extensive marsh-
scarrered clearings along
streams.
es and swamps.
the lower courses of the
river.
Bukidnon Uplands
Broad, sweeping slopes,
Rapid streams; not
Mountain areas in rain for-
Wells, cisterns, and
deeply entrenched in the
navigable; those in
est or moss forest; wide
springs.
N; included volcanic
north in canyon-like
areas of grassland; patchy
mountain areas; many
valleys.
forest in extreme S.
level upland areas.
Lanao Uplands
Diverse terrain; moun-
No large rivers, but
Much open grassland; scat-
Wells, cisterns, and
rains, plateaus, coastal
some may be obsta-
tered cultivation N of
streams.
plains, and rolling coun-
cles after heavy
Lake Lanso; dense forest E
try; latter dominant.
rains; swamps at
of lake.
head of Iligan Bay.
Western Mindanao
Mostly mountainous;
Sibuguey
River:
Rain forest; scattered grass
Wells, cisterns, and
some hilly country; wid-
small, mountain
lands on Zamboanga Pen-
streams.
est plains on extreme N
streams; much
insula; coastal plains on N
and S.
swamp on coastal
and S cultivated.
plains at mouths of
streams.
Cotabato Basin
Flat basin bordered on N
Mindanao River sys-
Rice cultivation in lower
Wells, cisterns, and
by low terraces, steep
tem; extensive
valley; marsh grasses, open
streams.
edge on SW; some iso-
marshy areas in cen-
grassland, and secondary
lated flat-topped hills.
tral portion.
forest in rest of basin.
Sulu
Basilan Island
Hilly to mountainous in-
Small streams;
Rain forest; N plain culti-
Wells, cisterns or
Archipelago
terior; widest lowland on
swamps along many
vated; some plantations
springs.
N.
coastal stretches.
along the coast.
Jolo Island
Volcanic hills and "peaks
Few streams; swamps
Mostly under cultivation or
Wells, springs or cis-
separated by wide sweep-
along low sheltered
second growth; forests on
terns.
ing slopes; most rugged
coasts.
peaks.
on W.
Tawirawi Island
Rough, hilly interior; a
No permanent
Mostly rain forest; grass
few coastal flars.
Inadequate supply.
streams; a few coast-
and clearings at SW end.
Shallow wells and cis-
al swamps.
terns.
Borneo
British North
Mountainous interior es-
Short mountain
Rain forest; some grassy
Borneo
pecially toward W; nar-
Wells, springs, and
streams on W coast,
clearings, second growth,
streams.
row coastal plains on W
except Padas R.;
and cultivation along W
interrupted by hills;
large rivers flow to E
coast; swamp forests along
broad river flood plains
coast; extensive
E coast, some moss forest.
on E coast.
swamps SE of San-
dakan, and at river
mouths.
Durch East Borneo
Rough hill land; some
Large river systems:
Rain forest; scattered cul-
interior basins; broad
Sembakoeng, Sesajap,
Wells, springs, and
tivation and secondary for-
streams.
river flood plains; isolat-
Kajan, Beraoe, and
est along streams.
ed ridges and hills; moun-
Mahakam.
rains on W border.
Celebes
Minahasa-Bolaäng-
High volcanic cones;
Mountain streams;
Forested summits; much
Mongondow
plateaus; narrow coastal
Lake Tondano.
Wells, springs, and
cleared and cultivated land
streams.
plains; several passes.
(rice, corn), and secondary
growth.
Northern Peninsula
Central mountain range;
Mountain streams.
Mountains covered with
narrow coastal plains;
Wells, springs, and
rain forest; lower slopes
only one gap in range
streams.
scattered second growth
(Gorontalo-Koeandang).
and clearings; coastal plain
cultivated land, second
growth, and swamp forest.
BRIEF
Page / 11
11. Oceanography
12. Coasts and Landing Beaches
A. Tides.
A. Halmahera sector.
The tides in this area are complex, varying from semidiurnal
(1) Coasts.
tides with some inequality between morning and afternoon tides
(a) Djailolo Bay and vicinity. Djailolo village can be ap-
to those that become entirely diurnal (1 tide a day) for cer-
proached either directly through Djailolo Bay or overland from
tain portions of each month. At some places, the average range
Sahoe Bay. Sahoe Bay approach is clear to the 18-foot curve
at the time of tropic tides exceeds 9 feet.
which lies about 1,000 feet off the beach. From the shore, a
broad plain extends inland around a 3,705-foot mountain to
B. General circulation.
Djailolo, on the north shore of Djailolo Bay. Direct approach
through Djailolo Bay is by way of a narrow channel in the fring-
The greatest flow of water into the Celebes Sea is southwest-
ing drying reef, which extends more than 300 yards from the
erly through the passage between the southeast coast of Minda-
low shores of the bay. There are several shoals off the coastal reef.
nao and the Talaud Islands. Within the Celebes Sea, the water
Extensive mangrove swamps are intersected by small sandy
circulates in a counterclockwise direction, and most of it leaves
beaches, which are usually soft but have good exits. There are
the area through the northeastern part of Molucca Passage. Some
few good landing sites, the best being at Djailolo wharf.
water also enters from the Sulu Sea through Sibutu Passage ex-
cept during the spring and summer when the current is reversed.
(b) Dodinga Bay and vicinity. Dodinga is located at the
Similarly, some water leaves the area through Makassar Strait.
head of Dodinga Bay on the narrow isthmus that separates Do-
Strong tidal currents are to be expected in numerous locali-
dinga and Kaoe Bays. In Dodinga Bay the 10-fathom curve is
close to shore, but there are reefs on both north and south sides
ties within the area.
of the bay. Southward of the bay the coast is free of dangers and
C. Sea and swell.
can be approached to within 1/2 mile. There is good anchorage
off Dodinga village. Dodinga can also be approached by trail or
High sea and swell are infrequent in the areas covered by
cart track, about 2 to 3 miles long, across the isthmus from
this report. The 4 areas differ slightly in the monthly distribu-
Kaoe Bay.
tion of the amounts of sea but, in general, the sea is least dis-
(c) Hiri and Ternate Islands. The shore of Ternate Roads
turbed during April, May, and June and is roughest during De-
is bordered by a coastal reef that narrows southward. The 3.
cember and January. Sea and swell are predominantly from the
fathom curve lies about 100 yards and the 10-fathom curve
northeast from November through April and from the south or
about 200 yards beyond the reef. A semidiurnal tide predomi-
southwest during the rest of the year.
nates, and a strong current sets through the roads at times. The
coasts of Hiri and Ternate Islands are steep-to in places, with al-
D. Sea-water characteristics.
ternating beaches. There are narrow coastal reefs but almost
Water temperature at the surface ranges between extremes of
none that dry. Approach is clear to the reefs. Landings at high
76° and 88° F., and at 300 feet between 60° and 84° F. Tem-
tide by shallow-draft landing craft should be possible in the
perature gradients are not common just below the surface, but
lee of Ternate Island in all seasons.
there is an average difference of 9.4° F., with a maximum of
(d) Galela Bay. The bottom falls off sharply, with depths
28° F., between the surface and 300 feet.
of 20 fathoms within 300 yards of the shore. The harbor is not
Extreme salinity values of 30.91 and 36.20 parts per thousand
safe during the northwest monsoon. Currents are negligible,
have been recorded at the surface; the average surface salinity
with a semidiurnal tide predominating. The western shore is
is 34.03 parts per thousand. Lower values are to be expected
backed by a broad plain through which flows the Tiabo River.
close to shore owing to fresh-water runoff. At a depth of 300
An impenetrable marsh at this point cuts the area in two, There
feet, the salinity ranges from 33.20 to 37.74 parts per thousand,
is a beach in the northern section and another at Galela itself.
with an average of 34.62 parts per thousand.
Landing is possible, even with the heaviest surf, south of the islet
Density layers are frequently found below 100 feet. Only rare-
west of Bongo Point. The coast may be approached close to.
ly will submarines be able to balance on these layers, and ballast
(e) Tobelo-Miti. A clear channel runs between the foul
changes of 2,000 to 19,000 pounds will be required.,
ground that fronts the Halmahera shore and the Tobelo Islands.
Echo-ranging conditions are usually fair throughout the year,
There is little current berween the islands and the shore. The
except when the background noise level is high. Assured echo
coast of Halmahera in this area is mostly low. South of Tobelo
ranges of 1,500 to 2,000 yards may be expected away from the
the shore is swampy, with mangroves. The Tobelo Islands are
islands. Screw noises have been recorded at a maximum distance
low, of coral, well-wooded. Most have fringing reefs. There are
of 10,000 yards and pinging at a distance of 12,000 yards.
numerous beaches on the mainland and the islands, most of
Away from land the water is probably relatively clear and
them fringed by wide reefs. The best anchorages are at Tobelo
blue.
and Miti. All shoals in this area discolor well.
(f) Kaoe Bay. Entrance to Kaoe Bay is deep in the fair-
E. Bottom sediments.
way but has a 51/2-fathom patch on its western side and a 3½
The shelves surrounding the islands in the Celebes area are
fathom bank on the east. The northwestern shore of Kaoe Bay
narrow. For the most part, the shallow-water bottoms consist
is in general rather low, with sandy beaches and mangroves
of alternating patches of sand and coral and some stone. In large
around the mouths of the rivers. The southeastern shore is fair-
bays and off the mouths of the rivers of Mindanao and Borneo,
ly high and steep with some exceptions. At Kaoe Roads, in the
the bottom is generally mud. Mud may also be expected in the
northern part of Kaoe Bay, a semidiurnal tide predominates; the
more protected bays on the smaller islands.
10-fathom curve lies about 20 miles from shore. Westward of
Page I 12
BRIEF
Kaoe is a large bank extending 125 miles offshore. There are
the island, having steep-to coasts in general, except on the
beaches at intervals along this part of the coast.
southern side where a bank of soundings joins it to Salebaboe
(g) Wasile Bay. The main channel leading into Kaoe
Island. Near the bights on the west coast the hills draw away
Bay and Wasile Bay is close east of Boebale Island. Depths in
from the shore. Broad reefs are found there. The north coast
Wasile Bay range from 7 fathoms near the shore to 34 at the
is rocky and steep; the east coast is fronted by a drying coastal
entrance. The south coast of the bay is rocky. There is a wide
reef with large rocks in places, while that on the south is fringed
mud bank on the east coast. Northward, the shore is sandy and
by a reef nearly 1 mile in width.
narrower. Wasile Bay is clear.
There are several good anchorages off this island, as well as
(b) Morotai Island. The west coast, between Point De-
several landing places on the coast. Dangers to navigation are
hegila and Wajaboela, is fronted by numerous shoals, reefs, and
prevalent near Mawawo, Kiama village and in Liroeng Strait.
Salebaboe Island, southwest of Karakelong is about 15 miles
islets. Southeastward of Wajaboela Point, where there is a low
plain, is a bight forming a harbor protected by 3 drying coral
long, having a saddle-like formation of densely wooded hills at
the middle of the island. There are some sand beaches here and
reefs. The bight is fringed by a narrow drying reef and is fronted
by numerous shoals and reefs. Northward of Wajaboela the
there, varied by large, rocky lumps of coral. The island is sur-
coast is steep-to. Landings during the north monsoon are re-
rounded by a very narrow shore reef. The west coast is rocky
ported practically impossible except at Berri Berri, Boesoeboe-
and steep; the east coast is low and swampy near Moronge vil-
soe, and Sangowo.
lage. There are several probable landing beaches on the island,
but anchorages are limited.
(2) Landing beaches.
Kaboeroeang Island, the southernmost of the group, is 8½
Scattered beaches, usually associated with a fringing coral
miles in length. lts 2 summits are 1,328 and 1,578 feet in
reef, occur along all the coasts of Halmahera. The most exten-
height. The coast is rocky, broken by sandy beaches, and fringed
sive beaches lie on the west coast between Loloda Bay and Do-
by a narrow, steep-to coastal reef. Probable landing beaches can
dinga Bay and on the east coast in Galela Bay, Boeli Bay, and
be found in several places, but safe anchorages are not, in gen-
Weda Bay. The beaches are backed generally by a narrow coast-
eral, available off this island.
al plain leading inland to steep slopes. Numerous small off-
(2) Landing beaches.
lying islands obstruct the approach to sections of the coast.
Roads or trails affording exit from the beaches are most numer-
Small beaches occur on all the Sangibe Islands, usually at
ous on the northern peninsula. Beaches on Morotai occur on the
small villages and generally along the inner edge of a fringing
east, south, and southwest coasts. The northwest coast is steep
coral reef. The most extensive beach lies along the west shore
and has no beaches.
of Sangihe Island itself, extending westward from Tahoena
Bay. The approach to the beaches is obstructed locally by small
off-lying islands. Generally the terrain inland rises in steep
B. Sangihe-Talaud sector.
slopes, except along the east coast of Sangihe Island where
(1) Coasts.
there are numerous river valleys. Trails and in a few cases sec-
Between Mindanao and the northeastern point of Celebes
ondary roads generally follow the coast at least part way around
lie the Sangihe and Talaud Islands. The Sangihe Islands are vol-
most islands.
canic and rise from very deep water. The Talauds are hilly, but
There is little detailed information on landing beaches on the
in general, are lower.
Talaud Islands, but those best known occur in Beo Bay and
Of the Sangihe group, Sangihe Island is the largest, being 26
Poeloetan on Karakelong Island; at Liroeng on Salebaboe Is-
miles in extreme length and rising to a height of 6,102 feet. The
land; and at Mengarang on Kabaroeang Island. Other probable
coast has several bays, and is steep and rocky in places, low in
beaches occur in small bays between rocky headlands and along
others.
the open southern coast of Karakelong Island. The beaches are
There are several landing places as well as probable landing
often associated with a fringing coral reef. The offshore ap-
places on Sangihe. Good anchorages may be found all around
proach is generally clear. The beaches are generally backed by
the island.
a narrow coastal plain, often with narrow river valleys lying be-
Other important but smaller islands in the Sangihe group
tween fairly steep wooded hills. A trail or road generally paral-
are: from north to south-Toade Islands, Kalama Island, Kaha-
lels the coast, but with few known connections inland.
kitang Island, Mahengetang Island, and Para Island.
Siaoe Island is the southernmost large island of the Sangihe
C. Mindanao sector.
Islands. It has good beaches on the east, west, and south coasts,
(1) Coasts.
near the most important settlements. These are connected by a
coastal road and by cross-island roads and trails.
In the Surigao area the coast between Claver Point and Bilaa
Point consists principally of a narrow, wooded plain fringed by
South of Siaoe are the islands of Tahoelandang, Roeang. and
mangrove swamps and backed by timbered mountains. A num-
Biaro. The first 2 are high, steep-sided volcanoes. The last is
ber of mangrove-covered islands occur immediately off the mid-
lower but also hilly.
dle of the coast. Between Bilaa Point and Mount Tubay forested
The 3 main islands of the Talaud group are Karakelong, Sale-
mountains rise almost from the water's edge. Anchorage is avail-
baboe and Kaboeroeang. They are hilly and heavily wooded for
able off Surigao and Placer. A number of detached dangers occur
the most part, but in many places on the coast, they are low and
off the east coast, but none are present from Bilaa Point south-
swampy.
ward.
Karakelong Island, the largest and northernmost island of
In the Cagayan area the eastern and western shores of Maca-
the group rises to a summit of 2,231 feet near the middle of
jalar Bay are mountainous, but the head of the bay is bordered
BRIEF
Page I 13
by a narrow coastal plain. A number of anchorages and several
(2) Landing beaches.
off-lying dangers occur in the bay.
In general the most extensive beaches along Basilan and Jolo
In the Misamis area the entire shore line of Iligan Bay con-
Islands occur along the northern coasts. They are associated with
sists of a narrow coastal plain backed by wooded mountains. The
a fringing coral reef, usually with an otherwise clear approach,
best anchorages are in Port Misamis, which contains numerous
and in general are subject to heavy surf during the season of the
detached dangers.
northeast monsoon. Along the southern coasts, the beaches are
In the Zamboanga area rugged mountains rise directly from
generally located along the inner edge of a fringing coral reef at
the western coast of the peninsula. There is good anchorage at
small villages. They are separated by extensive stretches of man-
Port Santa Maria and there are few off-lying dangers. A narrow,
grove-lined shore, and in some places have poorer means of exit
wooded coastal plain borders the southern and eastern shores of
to the interior than do those along the northern shores.
the peninsula. Anchorage is available east of Zamboanga, and
numerous dangers face the eastern coast.
E. Northeast Borneo.
In the Davao Gulf area an extensive, swampy coastal plain
lies at the head of the gulf, but the western and eastern shores
(1) Coasts.
are predominantly mountainous. The large wooded island of
(a) Jesselton area. Jesselton Harbor, at the south end of
Samal is opposite Davao. There is good anchorage at Malalag
Gaya Bay on the west coast of Borneo, is a fairly safe anchorage.
Bay and Davao, and at a few points along the east shore of the
It is bounded on the west by Gaya Island and on the east by the
gulf. The head of the gulf and the southern part of its western
mainland. The coastline at Jesselton consists of long, narrow,
shore are practically free of dangers, but detached reefs and
sandy beaches separated by rocky bluffed headlands, which rise
shoals face most of the remaining shore line.
steeply from the sea to altitudes from 150 to 1,000 feet. Behind
the beaches there are irregular discontinuous and locally
(2) Landing beaches.
swampy plains which border the coast and extend inland along
Beaches are numerous along the coast of Mindanao, both on
the major rivers.
open coasts and in bays, near all important centers. The most
(b) Marudu Bay area. Kudat Harbor is situated on the
extensive beach areas lie along the northwestern shores of
western shore of Marudu Bay between Point Bornugus on the
Davao Gulf. Most beaches are associated with fringing coral
north and Cape Tigasamil on the south. From Aru Point to
reefs. The offshore approach is generally clear, except along the
Melau Island the entire coast is fronted by a shelving reef 200
northeastern coast and parts of the southern coast, where small
to 1,400 yards wide. The 5-fathom curve passes just off the
off-lying islands occur. Beaches exposed to the northeast and
outer edge of the reef. In the vicinity of Kudat Harbor, hills 200
southwest are subject to the heaviest waves and surf during the
to 400 feet high rise steeply from the water or from narrow
seasons of onshore winds. A narrow coastal plain backs most of
sandy beaches, except for a low marshy plain extending about 3
the beaches, and it is commonly succeeded inland by steep wood-
miles north and northwest of the town. The harbor offers good
ed slopes. A road or trail is accessible from most of the beaches.
anchorage in 6 to 9 fathoms over a mud bottom. There are a
few dangers off this part of Marudu Bay, the most prominent
D. Sulu Archipelago and Basilan Island.
being Sandilands Rock at the harbor entrance.
(c) Sandakan Harbor area. Sandakan is located on the
(1) Coasts.
northeastern coast of British North Borneo southeast of Labuk
Basilan Island lies adjacent to and southwest of the Zambo-
Bay. The harbor affords one of the best anchorages in North
anga Peninsula of Mindanao. There are several routes of rela-
Borneo. The water off the harbor entrance is free of dangers
tively clear approach to this large island, and there are good
and is fairly deep, but to the northwest and southeast there are
landing places and beaches near the important coastal settle-
shallow depths containing several small rocky islands and reefs.
ments and cross-island trails. Much of Basilan Island is moun-
Sandakan Peninsula between Labuk Bay and Sandakan Harbor
tainous and heavily wooded.
is a low plain with a few rolling hills. The northern part of
Jolo Island, near the center of the Sulu Archipelago, is 43
Sandakan Harbor is formed by steep hills. Coalescing deltas of
miles long east and west, and 3 to 13 miles broad from north
many streams draining the interior form the western and south-
to south. It is composed of several groups of volcanic peaks,
ern parts of the harbor. Near the stream mouths, the deltas are
which have long slopes and wide, intervening valleys. The high-
fringed with sandy beaches, elsewhere are soft mud flats. The
est peak is from the west end of the island to 2,665 feet above
entrance to Sandakan Harbor is bordered by extensive mud
the sea. In general, the hills have little timber. The lower slopes
flats which have a maximum depth of 3 fathoms at high water.
and the lowlands are intensively cultivated. The coasts are well
(d) Darvel Bay. The northwestern shore of Darvel Bay
wooded, clear and steep-to, for the most part, as are also the islets
is indented for about 5 miles by Lahad Datu Harbor. There is
and islands bordering them. The several bays formed by coastal
generally deep water off the coast between Bagahak Point, to
the east of the harbor, and Skertchley Point on the west, except
indentation provide good anchorage, especially so at Jolo, the
off Darvel Peninsula where a 3-fathom shoal is located. The
capital, which is situated on the northwestern coast, in a bight
coastline westward of Bagahak Point is generally lacking in ex-
about ½ mile eastward from Belan Point. Other good anchor-
tensive coastal lowlands although isolated mangrove swamps
ages are at Dalrymple Harbor, Tandu' Batu, Maimbung Bay,
appear at the mouths of streams. The hill and mountain slopes
Tutu Bay, Capual Channel, and Patotol Bay.
commonly descend to the beach. Low cliffs are reported between
Dangers to navigation are numerous in Capual Channel
Kennedy Bay and the Sebahat River. From Kennedy Bay to La-
north of Liangliang, off Bulicutin Island, Panganaa Island, in
had Datu there are low mangrove swamps. To the west, near Si-
Maimbung Bay, and off the coasts of Jolo.
lam, steep slopes border the coast. From Silam to Skertchley
Page I 14
BRIEF
Point the coast is lined with mangrove swamps. The best an-
In the Kema Bay area the waters are shallow for some dis-
chorage is Lahad Datu Harbor, although there are others at
tance offshore. Except in the bay proper the coast is fringed by
Silam, Kennedy Bay, southwest of Silam, and Lamak Bay. There
a broad coral reef. A narrow coastal plain, mantled by coconut
are few dangers to navigation off the coast near Lahad Datu
palms with occasional patches of woods and grassland, separates
except along the western end of Darvel Bay, where there are
steep, timbered, volcanic slopes from the sea. A few short beach-
numerous reefs and shoals.
es border the shoreline. Anchorage may be found off Kema. De-
(e) Sibuco Bay-Tawau area. Offshore depths, both with-
tached shoals and rocks occur near the entrance points.
in and outside Cowie Bay, are everywhere regular, 7 to 16 fath-
In the Manado Bay segment, rolling, wooded foothills, flank-
oms prevailing, with few dangers to navigation. The 5-fathom
ed by a very narrow coconut-covered coastal flat, rise from
curve lies less than a mile offshore on the north; on the south,
waters which deepen very rapidly offshore. The broad valley of
the Manado River leads southward from the head of the bay.
the edge of the shallow water is for the most part steep-to,
and depths of over 6 fathoms prevail close inshore. From Mount
The entire shoreline is bordered by a dark sand beach. Anchor-
Putri on the north, the coast trends in a general northwest direc-
age exists off the village of Manado and off-lying dangers are
tion and is intersected by numerous small creeks and rivers. The
absent with the exception of 2 submerged rocks a short dis-
ground is flat or generally undulating with locally small steep-
tance south of the harbor.
sided hills rising 200 to 500 feet above the plain, which is inter-
In the Amoerang Bay segment, the deep waters of the bay are
rupted by lines of rocky hills, on either side of Tawau. The
encircled by a narrow, coconut-mantled coastal plain which is
south side of Cowie Bay is formed by Sebatik Island, about 20
separated from the rugged interior mountains by low benches.
miles long and 7 miles in average width. A range of high dense-
At several localities sandy beaches or mangrove swamps border
ly wooded hills traverses the island throughout its length. There
the shoreline. Anchorage exists off the town of Amoerang, and
is good anchorage within Cowie Bay.
a few scattered shoals very near the shore form the only dan-
(f) Tarakan Island area. Depths are irregular off the
gers.
In the Koeandang Bay segment the relatively shoal waters of
Sesajap Delta and for the most part are very shallow to a dis-
tance of 15 miles offshore, except in the passages north and
the bay are studded with numerous islands and detached dan-
south of Tarakan Island, where depths up to 20 fathoms are
gers. The coast consists of small coconut-covered flats backed by
benches and wooded foothills, and separated by forested spurs
found. The coast berween Ahoes Island on the north, an unnamed
point abreast the mouth of Salinbatoe River on the south, is in-
extending seaward from the foothill belt. Much of the shore-
tersected by many rivers of which Sesajap River is by far the
line is fringed with mangrove and nipa swamps. The waters
largest. The delta of the Sesajap River, contains a large number
east of Pajoenga Island afford anchorage.
of small islands, berween which 3 main passages give access from
In the Tolitoli Bay segment the broad, beach-fringed, culti-
the sea; these are subdivided by many of lesser importance. The
vated plain encompassing the bay is fronted by a wide submarine
coast here is low and flat, the only recognizable points from
shelf under moderate depths, on which lie several islands and
numerous reefs. A semicircle of forested mountains behind the
seaward being the islands of Menoeloen, Tarakan, Bunju, and the
Senbakung Hill. There is good anchorage in Tarakan Harbor.
coastal flat terminates in blunt rocky promontories. The coasts
Three reefs about 15 miles off the coast of Tarakan Island are
northward and southward from the bay itself consist of moun-
dangers to navigation.
tainous headlands separated by small flats. Anchorage is avail-
able off the village of Kampoengbaroe or Tolitoli.
(2) Landing beaches.
(2) Landing beaches.
On the northwest coast of Borneo, from Brunei to the north-
ern tip of the island, there are a number of extensive, wide, sand
Many beaches are found on both the north and south shores
beaches. Coral reefs are generally lacking, and approaches are
of the northern arm of the Celebes; for the most part they are
clear. During part or all of the year, surf may be the critical fac-
small and separated by numerous mountain spurs which run
tor in landing. Some of the beaches are backed by swampy
down to the shore from the interior highlands. The longest and
ground, but most of them have good exits to a trail, road, or
widest beaches line the broad bays on the northwestern shores;
railroad. On the north, northeast, and east coasts, as far south
these are in many places backed by narrow dune areas. The
as the Equator, there is an almost complete lack of landing
south shore is generally rockier and the beaches smaller than on
the north shore. Areas of coral reef are scattered and discontinu-
beaches except in the sections described in detail. Even in these
sections the beaches are in general less favorable than those on
ous, and front about half the beach areas. Mangrove swamps
the northwest coast. Elsewhere, the shore is mostly low, covered
in many places lie inland of the reef, with mangrove trees grow.
with mangrove and fringed by coral reef, and backed by swampy
ing out on the reef itself, particularly on the north shore. In
ground without exits.
general, exit from the beaches is provided by trails paralleling
the shore either on the beach or a short distance inland from it.
F. Northern Celebes sector.
(1) Coasts.
13. eather and Climate
In the Gorontalo Bay area rugged, forested mountains rise
steeply from deep water, except at the head of the bay, where
The Celebes Sea Area has a humid tropical climate character-
the mountains are broken by the narrow estuary of the Bolango-
ized by gentle winds, monotonous heat, extremely high humid-
Bone Rivers. Locally, short strips of sandy beach, backed by coco-
ity, heavy cloudiness, and frequent intense rain showers.
nut groves, fringe the shore. Anchorage is available along the
Due to monsoon influence, wind direction is northeast from
eastern shore at the head of the bay, and no detached dangers
December through March and southwest from July through
exist.
September. From April through June and from October through
BRIEF
Page I 15
November the intertropic front lies within the Celebes Sea re-
the intertropic front lies over the area: April through June, and
gion and northeast monsoon and southwest monsoon each domi-
October through November.
nates part of the area.
The airmasses of both the monsoons have had a long journey
D. Chemical warfare.
over warm tropical seas and are warm and moist by the time
they arrive over the Celebes Sea Area. Thus, despite the com-
Chemical warfare would be greatly restricted by frequent tur-
plete reversal of wind flow from season to season, in most re-
bulence and unstable air. Constant heat, high humidity, and
spects the climate is monotonously uniform throughout the year.
frequent heavy rains would affect the rate of evaporation and
With most weather elements, diurnal variation, associated
hydrolysis of many chemical agents.
with daily heating and cooling of the earth, is of greater mag-
nitude than the seasonal variation.
Differences in latitude, in altitude, and in exposure to wind
14. Towns and Port Facilities
and sea cause climatic contrasts among different parts of the
region. High mountains rise into a cool zone of persistent cloud-
The Celebes Sea region contains no large cities and relatively
banks, but only the highest peaks have snow. Even minor topo-
few towns, of which not more than half a dozen have more than
graphic differences cause large place-to-place contrasts in most
10,000 inhabitants. The population of the largest town, Mana-
weather elements: local differences of exposure or slope com-
do, in Northern Celebes, was less than 30,000 in 1930. Nearly
monly give nearby places dissimilar wind and rainfall regimes.
all the towns are located along the coasts, and the principal
towns were the principal ports as well. Often, long stretches of
A. Ground operations.
shoreline have no settlements except small native villages, and
the interior regions are still more sparsely populated. The num-
Ground operations would be seriously restricted by exten-
ber of white inhabitants is everywhere very small, even in com-
sive and persistent muddy soil conditions and occasional floods.
mercial and administrative centers, while the Chinese are com-
Throughout the area, heavy rains are possible in any season.
paratively numerous and play an important part in the economic
However, winter rainfall is generally heaviest at places exposed
and civic life of all the larger settlements. Native villages
to the north and east, summer rainfall heaviest at places exposed
throughout the area vary greatly in size and form, but almost all
to the south and west. Constant high temperatures and moist
are self-sufficient units.
air are accompanied by difficult health problems as well as con-
The Mindanao sector was by far the most developed and had
stant trouble with rust and mold.
the greatest concentration of both principal and secondary ports,
with facilities greatly in excess of those found elsewhere. Zam-
B. Air operations.
boanga had a daily cargo clearance capacity of 2,420 short tons,
Low-level air operations would encounter few weather re-
while its nearest rival in other sectors, Sandakan on Borneo, had
strictions. Turbulence is common, but is usually sufficiently lo-
an estimated capacity of 450 short tons.
calized to be avoided. Very low ceilings are rare. Visibility is
For location of ports in the area, see FIGURE I 11.
generally good. Heavy cloudiness at medium heights would
interfere frequently with high-level operations. Icing occurs
A. Halmahera sector.
only at high levels.
Most of the settlements on Halmahera and the neighboring
Effective incendiary bombing would be greatly restricted by
islands are primitive native villages on the coast. The areas of
the prevailing dampness and low wind speeds.
heaviest settlement are the islands of Ternate and Tidore and
Parachute operations would occasionally be hampered by sur-
the adjacent areas of Halmahera.
face winds. However, low wind speeds predominate in all sea-
sons.
(1) Ternate.
The largest town and principal port in the Halmahera area,
C. Naval and amphibious operations.
Ternate, is on the eastern coast of Ternate Island, across Do-
dinga Bay from Halmahera. It is accessible by land, sea, and
Naval and amphibious operations would encounter relatively
air.
little interference by wind; strong winds and gales are infre-
quent. Prevailing low wind velocities are reflected in low fre-
(a) General facilities. Among facilities that were located
quency of heavy sea and swell. Disturbed sea conditions are pos-
at Ternate were: a 120-volt, DC lighting system powered by a
sible in any season during a thundersquall, but the prevailing
diesel prime mover; a water system capable of supplying drink-
wind velocities are too gentle to cause heavy sea.
ing water to ships at the wharf; a radio station; cable connec-
tions with Manado; and a 55-bed civilian hospital and a 13-bed
Direction of sea and swell corresponds to direction of prevail-
military hospital. Wells provided an adequate supply of drink-
ing wind. On shores exposed to the north and east, sea and surf
ing water for the town. Billeting facilities might be available
conditions are least favorable from November through April
in military buildings, hospitals, churches, schools, a prison, a
when winds are northeast. On shores exposed toward the south
hotel, a sultan's palace, houses, and other town buildings.
and west, sea and swell is onshore from June through Septem-
(b) Port facilities. Anchorage is unlimited in the open
ber. Disturbed sea is most frequent when the prevailing winds
Ternate Roads, with depths of 15 fathoms about 1/4 mile off-
are onshore and are intensified by the afternoon sea breeze.
shore and about 30 fathoms, 800 yards offshore. The roadstead
There is little prospect of effective concealment of fleet move-
is fairly well-protected, but holding ground is bad, the bank
ments or landings by fog or low cloud. Most suitable conditions
steep and the tidal stream strong. Troublesome rollers occur
for concealment would probably be found during times when
from December to April and a heavy swell frequently in De-
Page I 16
BRIEF
cember. The southwestern approach through Gamme Lamo
reported for these villages. Storage facilities were limited to
Channel has a least depth of 19 fathoms and the approaches
small warehouses, usually for copra, at some of the villages.
from northward and southward are deep and generally clear.
The only commercial pier, Hertog Hendrik Pier, was of tim-
B. Sangihe-Talaud sector.
ber on metal screw piles, T-head, 198 feet on the face and 430
There are no major towns nor ports in the sector. Serrlements
feet long, with an approach about 18 feet wide. Depth of water
consist of a few small locally important centers and a large num-
at pier face was 13 feet. There were no mechanical cargo-han-
ber of native villages. Much of the area's administration and
dling facilities. Two narrow-gauge tracks connected the pier head
trade was handled from Manado, Celebes. There are 9 coastal
with a coal storage shed about 700 feet inland. A fresh water
villages of local importance, all of which had some minor port
pipeline, laid onto the pier, could deliver 40 tons per day,
facilities or were ports-of-call for vessels of the K.P.M. The chief
pumped from the town wells.
town was Tahoena, an administrative and trading center on
There were 3 other small boat piers: the Japanese fishing
Sangihe Island. Hoeloe was the chief center on Siace Island,
boar pier, 40 feet wide at the face and 95 feet long; the Resi-
Tahoelandang, on the island of the same name, and Beo was
dency Pier for small boat landings, 10 feet wide, 250 feet long
the chief center of the Talaud Islands.
and with 2 feet of water at the head; the Sultan's Pier for small
There were radio stations communicating with Manado at
boar landings, timber open-pile, 40 feet wide on face, 855 feet
Tahoena and Beo, and Tahoena had a 10-bed hospital.
long, and with only a few feet of water alongside.
Anchorage for large vessels is in open roadstead, except at
Storage facilities consisted of: a stone and tile cargo shed, 225
feet by 40 feet; a stone and shingle cargo shed, 100 feet by 60
Dagho and Behongang, where there is sheltered, deep-water
feet; a wood and corrugated iron storage shed, 120 feet by 80
anchorage of limited area. Some villages have sheltered anchor-
feet; a coal storage shed with adjacent open storage yard; an
age for shallow-draft vessels close in.
open storage yard for oil in drums. Most of these were destroyed
Villages which had piers for small boats, generally with
or damaged by the Dutch but the Japanese have since built a
depths between 3 and 6½ feet at the pierhead were: Beo, Ta-
number of structures, believed to be warehouses, in the area ad-
laud Island, 426-foot stone pier; Tahoena, Sangihe Island;
jacent to and southward of the Hertog Hendrik Pier.
Dagho, Sangihe Island, 600-foot stone pier; Behongang, Kaha-
About 20 motorboats were based at Ternate.
kitang Island; Hoeloe, Siaoe Island, wharf; and Tahoelandang,
The only repair facility was a small machine shop for the
Tahoelandang Island.
Japanese fishing boats.
No cargo-handling machinery has been reported. There is no
The unloading capacity is estimated to have been 160 short
information as to storage facilities but it is probable that the
tons.*
K.P.M., which called at all of these villages, had warehouses at
some of them. No repair facilities have been reported although
(2) Villages.
the natives of Tahoelandang are said to be noted as boatbuilders.
There are 22 coastal villages in the Halmahera sector which
were of some local importance. All of them had minor port fa-
C. Mindanao sector.
cilities or were ports-of-call for the Royal Netherlands Line
Settlement in Mindanao was concentrated in the coastal areas
steamships.
and along the few lines of travel which cross the island or pene-
(a) General facilities. There were radio stations at Djai-
trate the interior. There were 10 principal towns, 8 of which
lolo and Tobelo, a hospital at Djailolo, and numerous copra
were also the principal ports. Fifty-six coastal villages had har-
plantations were scattered throughout the area. In October
bors or landing facilities sufficiently significant to be designated
1943, the Japanese were constructing a landing strip near the
as minor ports.
village of Galela and another 9 miles south of Tobelo. There
Two of the major ports, Davao and Zamboanga, were stops
were 2 potential landing strip sites near Djailolo and an emer-
on important world trade routes and had extensive port facilities.
gency alighting area for seaplanes near Galela.
The other major ports as well as many of the minor ports were
(b) Port facilities. Anchorage for large vessels is, in near-
shipping centers for extensive trade in lumber, logs, copra, COCO-
ly all cases, in open roadstead, and only small craft and proas
nut products, and hemp. Lumber mill installations were located
can find sheltered anchorage close in.
at many of these points, and several served as shipping centers
Small wharves or piers, generally with shallow depths along-
for nearby plantations or food packing operations, primarily
side and in most cases capable of handling only shallow-draft
coconut products. The bulk of the trade from these points, how-
vessels or native craft, have been located at the following points
ever, was in the form of raw materials, or materials which had
(unless otherwise noted, villages are on Halmahera Island):
undergone only initial processing.
Weda, Gamsoengi, Inggelang (Inggelang Island), Boeli-sera-
Even at the minor ports many of the installations were con-
ni, Lolobata, (aerial photographs indicate 3 new piers), Goeroea
structed of reinforced concrete and had storage or cargo-han-
(aerial photographs indicate 1 new pier), Bobaneigoe, Kaoe,
dling facilities superior to those available at points in the south-
Tobelo, Galela, Kjiko (Morotai Island), Djailolo, Mare (Mare
west Pacific which were designated in an earlier JANIS study as
Island), Ngofakiaha (Makian Island), Batoela, Waisabatang,
major ports.
(Batjan Island), Laboeha (Batjan Island), Penamboean (Bat-
jan Island), Waja (Mandioli Island).
(1) Surigao.
No cargo-handling machinery or repair facilities have been
The captal of Surigao Province, Surigao, was the largest and
most important town on the northeastern coast of Mindanao,
Unless otherwise noted, the estimates of unloading and discharging capacities of
handling much of the trade of eastern Mindanao. It was the cen-
ports discussed in this topic are based on short tom of 2,000 pounds of general
cargo handled daily at the vessel berths, assuming an 8-hour day.
*JANIS 157, Netherlands New Guines.
BRIEF
Page I 17
ter of extensive gold mining operations, and had lumber, corn,
(b) Port facilities. The landing place for the town is lo-
and rice mills. Copra was exported in quantity.
cated about 1% miles northeastward from Cagayan with a good
(a) General facilities. The north coastal road connected
road connecting.
with Davao, Cotabato, Cagayan and Placer. There was a diesel
The harbor is an open roadstead near the head of the bay. The
electric power plant, a radio station, and telegraph connection
middle of the bay is deep and clear with anchorage available
with Cantilan via Placer and Gigaquit. At Lake Manit, 18 miles
in 8 to 20 fathoms of water.
southwest and connected by road, was an alighting area for sea-
The only facility at the port was a reinforced concrete wharf
planes and about 16 miles south, also connected by road, was a
about 380 feet long and 30 feet wide. In 1939 reports indicated
small emergency airfield. A mill railway ran about 2 miles in-
a least depth of 20 feet alongside. The wharf was lighted.
land from the beach.
Storage facilities included a cargo shed and a number of ware-
There were 2 maternity hospitals (4 and 8 beds) and 1 dis-
houses near the wharf.
pensary.
Repair facilities included bus company machine shops and
Billeting accommodations were available in the schools, ho-
garage, and several small machine shops where minor repairs
tel, constabulary headquarters, provincial building, and the hos-
could be made. Welding equipment, but no foundry facilities,
pitals.
were available.
(b) Port facilities. Surigao itself is up the river and inac-
Unloading capacity is estimated to have been 300 short tons.
cessible to anything but very small boats. All port facilities were
(3) lligan.
at Bilanbilan, about 3/3 mile southeast.
Iligan, on the north coast of Mindanao, handled the com-
Anchorage is in Bilanbilan Bay, open to the northward, with
depths of 10 to 15 fathoms. A cove in the northwestern corner
merce of the Lake Lanao district. Copra and corn were the chief
of the bay forms a natural harbor of limited area with depths of
exports.
from 4½ to 10 fathoms. Small vessels can find shelter in 9 feet
(a) General facilities. The town had a 55-kilowatt diesel
of water behind the harbor point.
engine electric light plant, a telegraph station, and a first-aid
The piers and wharves are as follows:
station. Only limited billeting facilities existed.
Main wharf, reinforced concrete, 325' long (face) and 29½/2' wide,
(b) Port facilities. The harbor is an open roadstead
depth along face, 13 feet to 30 feet. Improvements were under
in the southeast corner of Iligan Bay. The anchorage off Iligan
way in 1937.
is bad; during the northeast monsoon it is untenable. At such
Ong Hing Lian wharf, wooden, 85' long (face), 7½ to 18 feet of
times vessels have sought shelter 3 miles northward of Iligan in
water along face.
20 to 25 fathoms.
T-head pier, 2 feet of water off head.
T-head pier, no data.
The only landing facility at Iligan was a reinforced concrete
Pier about 100' long, no other data.
pier 272 feet long and 39 feet wide, with depths alongside rang-
No cargo-handling machinery was reported at any of the piers
ing from 12 feet at the inshore end to 36 feet at the head. The
or wharves.
pier was equipped with metal bollards and fender piles, and was
Storage facilities included a stone and masonry hemp ware-
lighted.
house at Surigao, several other warehouses at Bilanbilan, 2 oil
Storage facilities included a cargo shed on the pier and 2
tanks about 20 feet in diameter and 10 to 12 feet high, at Bilan-
buildings located at the root of the approaching causeway.
bilan, and an open area of over 10,000 square feet backing the
No repair facilities have been indicated.
main wharf.
Unloading capacity of the port is estimated to have been 240
Two short roadways, over 20 feet wide, connected the main
short tons. A roadway connects the pier with the town. Fresh
wharf with the provincial road, which paralleled the entire
water could be secured from a pipe connection at the outer end
waterfront at Bilanbilan and connected with Surigao.
of the pier.
Diesel oil was stored in bulk and piped to the waterfront. A
(4) Misamis.
fresh-water pipe was laid to the main wharf.
The only repair facility was a small machine shop.
Misamis, on the northern coastal plain of Mindanao, was the
There were several tugs and a few lighters.
westernmost port of importance on the north coast. It was the
Unloading capacity at the main wharf is estimated to have
business center for the surrounding agricultural area, a base for
been 240 short tons.
small motorboats, trans-shipment point for lumber, and a port of
export for corn.
(2) Cagayan.
(a) General facilities. A 125-kilowatt electric power
The capital of Misamis Province, Cagayan is the only all-
plant, operated by a lumber company primarily for its own use,
weather port on the northern coast of Mindanao and the termi-
and a telegraph and a radio station constituted the facilities
nus of the north-south road which crosses central Mindanao to
located at Misamis. Adequate water was obtained by catch-
the Cotabato-Davao highway.
ment and from wells, a few of which were artesian. Three
(a) General facilities. Facilities which have been avail-
schools, a wooden military barracks, churches, and other town
able at Cagayan include: A mountain stream with a capacity of
buildings might provide billeting facilities.
158,400 gallons per day; a 160-kilowatt diesel electric power
(b) Port facilities. The harbor, a small natural bay open
plant; 2 radio stations, one 200-watt and the other 100-watt
from the southeast but protected from northwest winds, has
shortwave; and 3 hospitals with a total of 106 beds. The hospi-
depths of 4½ fathoms at the entrance decreasing toward the
tals, churches, a hotel and jail, and other concrete buildings
head of the bay.
with galvanized iron roofs might be available for billeting pur-
Two piers were located at Misamis: the government pier,
poses.
consisting of a dumped rock causeway 235 feet long and 27
Page I 18
BRIEF
feet wide, and a 40-foot square steel sheet-piling head, and a
tended from a reclaimed area fronted by a concrete bulkhead.
reinforced concrete pier section 187 feet long and 40 feet wide,
A reinforced concrete boat pier extended eastward from the
with reported depths alongside of 20 feet; a privately-owned
approach pier and parallel to the T-head wharf. These facilities
lumber mill pier consisting of a rock and earth causeway 200
had the following dimensions:
feet long with a pier, probably of timber construction, extend-
The T-head wharf had an 800-foot face, with depths along the
ing about 250 feet seaward, with reported depths alongside
outer side of 25 to 30 feet and along the inner side of 20 feet.
ranging from 13 to 16 feet at low water. The latter pier was
The approach pier was 465 feet long with depchs alongside of
lighted, water was piped to it, and industrial tracks on the cause-
15 to 20 feet, but the eastern side was broken into 2 segments by
way connected it with a lumber mill.
a 178-foot boat pier extending parallel to the shore. Two govern-
No special storage or warehousing facilities have been re-
ment wharves running to the east and west of the base of the ap-
proach pier extended for 1,180 feet along the waterfront and had
ported.
depths alongside of 15 feet.
Machine shops capable of handling minor repairs were avail-
Another government wharf extended for 300 feet to form the small boar
able. Unloading capacity of the port is estimated to have been
basin quay.
600 short tons.
A reclaimed area had 1,970 feet of bulkhead, most of which
(5) Oroquieta.
was used as a quay by small boats. The water adjacent to these
facilities was dredged to the depths noted.
Located about 1 mile northwest of the town, Loboc Cove,
There were no cranes. All cargo was handled by ships tackle
the harbor for Oroquieta, has charted depths of from 3 fathoms
and was hauled to and from the ships side by trucks.
at the pier to 61/4 fathoms at the entrance. Anchorage, pro-
The T-head wharf was lighted and water was available.
tected from southerly and westerly winds, with good holding
Storage facilities included a customs warehouse and at least 5
ground, may be found about 1/4 mile from shore in 12 fathoms
private warehouses with a capacity of about 5,000 tons. The re-
of water over muddy bottom, but during the northeast monsoon
claimed section, probably available for open storage, had an area
this anchorage is untenable.
of about 11 acres, Harbor boats included 4 light towing launches
The only landing facility at Oroquieta consisted of a dumped
and 2 small sea-going tugs, owned by a commercial towing
rock causeway 135 feet long and 20 feet wide with a rock-filled
company, and 6 sea-going and 4 harbor lighters of 50 to 100
crib head 27 feet long and 33 feet wide, terminating in a trein-
tons capacity.
forced concrete pier, 194 feet long and 30 feet wide, on piling.
Limited repair facilities existed, including a marine railroad
Depths of 10 feet are reported along the southern face and 27
capable of hauling out a vessel of 50 tons. A machine shop for
feet along the northern face.
small repair work also was available.
A large warehouse is reported to have been located in the
Discharge capacity of the port is estimated to have been 2,420
town.
short tons. Experienced gangs of native stevedores were avail-
The unloading capacity of the port is estimated to have been
200 short tons.
able. The discharging rate was from 15 to 30 tons per stevedor-
ing gang per hour, depending on the cargo. No bunker coal or
(6) Zamboanga,
fuel oil was available.
The only large town in western Mindanao and one of the
island's most important ports, Zamboanga exported copra, coco-
(7) Cotabato.
nut products, hemp, lumber, and canned fish. Vessels called from
Cotabato, the third largest town on Mindanao, was the center
many major Pacific ports. A U.S. Army Airfield was located
of trade for the Mindanao Valley and surrounding coastal area.
near the town, but there were no road connections with the
Rice, copra, and corn were exported in quantity, and supplies
main part of the island.
were available in its commercial stores.
(a) General facilities. Among facilities available at Zam-
(a) General facilities. A municipal pipeline water supply
boanga were: a 2-diesel engine electric light power plant which
system, an ice plant, a 122-kilowart electric light plant, a tele-
served the town via overhead wires; a reservoir and water sys-
phone system, a radio station, 2 maternity hospitals with a total
tem that provided pure drinking water; a government telegraph
of 12 beds, and 1 dispensary were among the facilities of the
office and radio station at the airfield, a military barracks radio
town. A hotel, a girls' dormitory, constabulary barracks, church-
station, and 4 other radio transmitters in the adjacent area; a
es, and municipal buildings might provide billeting facilities. A
well-developed telephone system; and an army hospital and 3
commercial airport was located near the town.
civilian hospitals. Several schools, a police barracks, military bar-
(b) Port facilities. A river port, Cotabato is located on the
racks, churches, 4 hospitals, and municipal. buildings might be
banks of the Mindanao River about 5 miles above Cotabato En-
available for billeting.
trance from Illana Bay. The entrance has a controlling depth of
(b) Port facilities. The harbor is an open roadstead in
5 feet over the bar. Large vessels must anchor outside and lighter
Basilan Strait with depths ranging from 10 to 45 fathoms.
cargo to the port. Opposite the town the river forms a basin
It is protected on the south but exposed to gales from the west
area of about 15 acres with depths of 5 to 18 feet over soft mud.
and southeast. However, during the northeast monsoon, it is
The best anchorage is in Illana Bay, northwest of the entrance, in
sheltered and the water is smooth. An inner small boat harbor,
depths of 5 to 20 fathoms over mud bottom 1 mile from
with depths ranging from 5 to 20 feet, is formed by a rock
shore. During the heights of the southwest monsoon this an-
jetty and a rock breakwater. The anchorage off Zamboanga is
chorage might become uncomfortable. Smaller vessels can
not good. The coast drops off rapidly and outside the 12-fathom
anchor closer inshore.
contour the bottom is hard and uneven.
The main landing facility at Cotabato was a concrete and
The landing facilities consisted of a reinforced cóncrete T-
sheet piling quay about 425 feet long running parallel to the
head wharf, approached by a reinforced concrete pier which ex-
river bank with depths alongside ranging from 7 to 14 feet at
BRIEF
Page I 19
low water. In addition, there were 2 small municipal wharves,
Warehouses located at Santa Ana, 5 of which had a total es-
one with a depth of 14 feet alongside and the other with a depth
timated gross floor space of 81,000 feet, are believed to have
of 4 feet.
been able to handle 4,000 tons of cargo. One acre of open stor-
Storage might be possible in a shed, 200 feet by 25 feet, which
age space was also available near the pier. There were 2 ware-
was located to the rear of the quay. Other town buildings, in-
houses at Ipil and 1 at Lanang Point.
cluding a storehouse for explosives, might be available as ware-
Japanese sources report that a shipbuilding yard for medium-
houses. In the vicinity of the quay, there was a 2-acre open space
sized vessels has been established at Santa Ana. There was a
that might be used for storage.
machine shop available as well as casting and welding equip-
Repair facilities included several machine shops with welding
ment and a small private marine railway capable of handling
equipment available.
boats up to 40 feet.
Lighters and tugs were available for the handling of cargo
The discharging capacity at Santa Ana has been estimated at
from the anchorage at the river mouth. Trucks had access from
450 tons. All cargo was moved by flat rail trucks from wharf to
the waterfront to the inland road system. Before the war, steam-
warehouses. Stevedores were available. For general cargo, the
boats connected with other ports in the area and small river
discharge rate was 20 tons per gang per hour. Two sea-going
steamers made daily trips up the river.
tugs, 15 lighters, 11 scows, and a number of fishing boats and
No estimate of unloading capacity is available.
launches were based in the Davao Harbor.
(8) Davao.
(9) Malaybalay.
With its nearby port Santa Ana, Davao constituted the chief
Located in the interior, Malaybalay, the capital and largest
commercial center of Mindanao. It was the world's leading port
town of Bukidnon Province, is on the central uplands of Minda-
for the shipment of hemp and also exported copra and lumber.
nao, about 66 miles southeast of Cagayan. There was a com-
The largest concentration of Japanese in the Philippine Islands
mercial airport 2 miles west of the town. Billeting facilities were
was found within a radius of 30 miles of Davao; they controlled
available in a Catholic girls' dormitory, a government resthouse,
most of its commercial activity. Roads connected Davao with
and the constabulary barracks, as well as in several schools.
the interior; a commercial airport was located nearby.
Water was obtained from a watershed north of the town. Ma-
(a) General facilities. Facilities located at. Davao includ-
laybalay had telegraph, radio, and telephone connections, and
ed: a city water system based on a reservoir drawing supplies
a provincial hospital.
from springs; a 515.5-kilowatt diesel electric light plant; 4 radio
stations; an urban telephone system and a second system con-
(10) Dansalan.
necting nearby Japanese plantations; and 6 hospitals with a to-
Dansalan, the capital of Lanao Province and the largest in-
tal of 282 beds. A constabulary barracks, hotel, 3 schools,
terior town, was the nucleus of Moro political and social life in
churches, and municipal buildings might provide considerable
billeting facilities.
western Mindanao and the site of Camp Keithley, the Philippine
Army training camp. It is at the northern end of Lake Lanao.
(b) Port facilities. Within the Davao Harbor limits, port
The main road between Iligan and Cotabato passes through
facilities were located at: Santa Ana, which handled the bulk of
Dansalan. The town had limited possible billeting facilities, a
the Davao traffic and which was linked to Davao-1 mile dis-
tant-by 2 good roads; Ipil; Lanang Point, the petroleum ter-
waterworks, a radio station (KZPN) at Camp Keithley, tele-
minal; Tibungko, the shipping terminal of a lumber company;
graph and telephone facilities, and a 105-kilowatt capacity
and Tambungon.
electric plant. Two hospitals with a total of 49 beds were located
The harbor at Santa Ana is naturally sheltered from west to
here.
north and to some extent from northeast to east. During the
southwest monsoon the sea is choppy. The 5-fathom contour is
(11) Villages.
200 to 400 yards offshore and the approach is clear of dangers.
Most of 56 coastal villages that constitute the minor ports of
The harbor at Ipil is a small basin and at Lanang Point, an open
Minandao are located on the river entrances, bays, and other
roadstead. There is anchorage for large vessels off the Santa
indentations found at almost regular intervals around the island
Ana pier in depths of 12 fathoms over mud bottom. Vessels
anchor in 20 fathoms over mud at Tibungko with an anchorage
coastline. The remaining villages are located on off-lying small
for smaller craft closer to shore. At Tambungon there is anchor-
islands. The natural harbors provide sheltered anchorages, good
age offshore in 10 to 20 fathoms over mud.
holding ground, adequate depths, and approaches free from
The government pier at Santa Ana consisted of a reinforced
danger; but all 4 favorable factors are seldom found in any
concrete outer section 75 feet by 326 feet and a solid-fill inner
single harbor.
section 75 feet by 238 feet, with steel sheet-piling along one
Generally, the villages served as shipping outlets for hemp,
side. Depths at the end of the pier were 25 feet. The pier was
copra, coconut products, or lumber. In many cases they were
lighted and fresh water was piped to it. Locations of other piers
closely tied in with local logging, sawmill, or coconut proc-
were: a small pier at Ipil; two 200 feet wharves, one open tim-
ber pile and the other concrete, at Lanang Point; a small timber
essing operations. Utilities, communications facilities, supplies,
pier, the terminus of a logging railway, at Tibungko; a 1,300
and general and repair facilities frequently were very meager;
foot stone pier with a depth of 15 feet at its end at Tambungon,
where they did exist, they were available only to the degree
the terminal of a logging railway. One wharf at Lanang Point
necessary to take care of local commercial operations. TABLE
had a 1-ton crane and pipelines to oil storage tanks.
I 2 lists port facilities that were available at coastal villages.
Page I 20
BRIEF
TABLE I 2.
PORT FACILITIES LOCATED AT COASTAL VILLAGES ON MINDANAO AND NEARBY ISLANDS*
DEPTH ALONGSIDE
VILLAGE
TYPE HARBOR
PORT FACILITIES
PIER OR WHARP
EXPORTS
Mati
Bay
Reinforced concrete pier with T-head landing 39.5' wide
Low water 20" at head
Hemp and copra
and 147° long, extending from 530' rock and earth cause-
way.
Hinaruan
River entrance
Small landing along bank.
Charted at 2 fathoms
Port Lamon
Bay
L-head wharf extending 1,000' from shore DO near 5-fathom
At face, 24' to 28'
Lumber
curve. Head 150' long and 15' wide. Wharf lighted. Minor
repair facilities available.
Tandag
Small cove
Small boar stone pier. Cargo landed on beach.
At pier, 6'
Lakando
Open roadstead on
Mining company timber T-head pier áttached to 400' cause-
(Masapelid L)
side of bay
way. Head 80' long. Two small sheds on causeway and larger
building on outer end. Pier lighted. Narrow gauge track ran
to end. Pipeline on pier indicated.
Placer
Cove
Rock and timber pier 20° wide and 402' long, extending
Controlling depch, 16'
Shipping
point
from 345' rock causeway.
at low tide
for mining area
Numancia
Channel
Scone pier.
31/2 fathoms charted
(Siargao I.)
near end of pier
Dapa
Cove
Reinforced concrete pier 30' wide and 115' long, extending
At end main pier, 20'
(Siargao 1)
from 450' rock causeway. Another smaller pier.
Dinagar
Cove
Pier
At end, 3' to 5'
(Dinagar I.)
Butuan
River port
Main landing platform with timber deck 31' by 72' and
Along face main land-
Hemp and copra
apron along face. Cargo shed on landing 21' by 43'. Second
ing controlling depth,
small boar landing entirely covered by shed.
14'
Nasipit
Opening berween
L-bead pier 150° long and 40' wide at end of 375' cause-
bluff rock headlands
Pier end in deep water
way and 100' extension.
Copra and logs
Odiongan
Open roadstead near
Lumber company T-head pier 350' face. Company operated
At face, 30'
Lumber
bay head
18.6 mi. of railroad and had 3 locomotives. Water piped to
pier end.
Gingoog
Open roadstead near
Open timber pile L-head pier with wood deck extended 400'
Lumber
bay head
from shore. Face of L-head about 230' long. Pier lighted.
Tracks on pier. Lumber company had 2.5 mi, of railroad.
Balinguan
Bay
Small pier used as ferry landing extended 450° from shore.
At end, 8'
Ferry connected with Binone on Camiguin 1.
Binone
Open roadstead
Small pier for ferry landing.
(Camiguin I.)
At end, 6'
Mambajao
Open roadstead
1,000' stone causeway and timber pier extensión 30° wide
(Camaguin I.)
At end, 14'
Hemp and copra
at outer 115'. Small cargo shed on mid-pier. Open storage
Alongside, 6' to 15'
space also available. Water piped to end.
Bugo
Open roadstead near
Rock causeway with timber T-head wharf face 200' long.
bay head
At face, 30'
Railroad tracks connect packing plant with face of pier.
Pier lighted.
Kolambugan
Open roadsead
in
bay
Lumber company wharf, 1,950' long made of wood piling
At end, 25'
Lumber
with wood decking. Tracks on pier. Wharf lighted. Machine
shop at mill.
Jiminez
Open roadstead
Rock and earth causeway with reinforced concrete pier, 39.5'
At head, 20'
wide and 275' long, at seaward extremity. Warehouse avail-
able.
Plaridel
Bay
Two wooden landings, each 20" wide and 65' long. Rein-
At head concrete pier,
forced concrete pier 30° wide and 65' long added to 1 land-
13'. At timber wharf,
ing.
16'
Baliangao
Bay
Dumped rock causeway 20' wide and 120' long, with rein-
At head, 10'
forced concrete pier at end 29.5' wide and 165' long. Also
small boar stone pier.
Porr Puluan
Open roadstead on
Dumped rock causeway, 200' long and 20' wide, with steel
bay side
At head, 27'
Copra, corn,
sheer-piling 32' long and 30° wide, ending in concrete pier
130' long and 30' wide.
hemp, lumber.
BRIEF
Page I 21
TABLE I 2 (Continued)
DEPTH ALONGSIDE
EXPORTS
VILLAGE
TYPE HARBOR
PORT FACILITIES
PIER OR WHARE
Port Santa
Practically landlock-
Timber pier 150' long and 100' wide. Several sheds and
At end, 11' to 15'
Lumber
Maria
ed
mill buildings. Tracks from wharf to mill.
Caldera Bay
Bay
Coconur company had 2 small timber wharves. Sheds, ware-
At ends of wharves,
Coconut products
houses, tanks on shore. Pipeline to wharf. Small marine rail-
28' and 14'
way but no machinery.
Kabasalan
River port
Timber wharf.
10'
Lumarao
Bay
Timber pile bulkhead inaccessible to boats having draft
Lumber
more than 10°. Wharf lighted. Railway tracks connect wharf
and lumber mill. Small tug and several lighters were avail-
able. Number of sheds and mill buildings. Minor repair
facilities.
Naga-Naga
Open roadstead
at
Open pile and timber T-head pier 390' across face and 50'
At T-head, 19' to 24'
Lumber
bay entrance
wide. Tracks on pier connecting with mill. Water piped
to pier. Pier lighted.
Malangai
Bay
Reinforced concrete T-head pier, 160' long and 40' wide, at
At face, 27' low water
Coal
extremity 200' causeway. Belt conveyor for direct coal load-
ing. Small warehouse and sheds. Radio station and diesel
generator.
Margosatubig
Bay
Lumber company pier, T-head, 180' long and 30' wide, with
At face lumber pier,
Lumber
approach 60' long and 30' wide. Municipal wharf with T-
20'. At face municipal
head 40' long and 20' wide. Motor launches available. Water
pier 10'.
on municipal wharf. Logging railroad 7.1 miles long.
Flecha Point
Small bight
Timber T-head wharf. Water piped to pier.
At face, 13' to 35'
Lumber
Pagadian
Bay
Rock and earth mole 6' wide timber landing at end. Also
No water at end of
small stone landing.
mole at low tide
Malabang
Open roadstead in
Small boar landing. Shed.
Copra
bay
Parang
Natural harbor
L-shaped pier with 564' causeway approach and reinforced
At face, 4' to 30'
concrete pierhead 39' wide and 300' long,
Makar
Cove
Small boar landing, 50' long and 20' wide.
Glan
Cove
Reinforced concrete pier-head, 82' long and 291/2' wide,
At
face,
12'
to
18'
Copra and hemp
connected to causeway.
Lawa
Open
roadstead
on
Open pile and timber pier, 300' long.
At end, 3'
gulf
Malita
Open
roadstead
on
Open pile timber pier 250' long and 30° wide. Plantation
At end, 9'
Hemp and copra
gulf
warehouses and open storage space.
Lacaron
Open roadstead on
Small launch landing.
gulf
Daliao
Open roadstead on
Timber pier 600' long. Railway served pier. Water piped to
At end, 14'
gulf
mid-pier. Travelling 15-ton motor operated crane was avail-
able. 3 large warehouses and open storage. Minor repairs.
Talomo
Bay
Open-pile timber pier 350' long. Outer end widened. Large At end, 13' to
18'
warehouses and open storage.
Madaum
River port
Pier 20" wide and less than 100' long.
Monserat
Cove
Small concrete pier.
At face, 13"
*The ports of Basilan Island are shown in Table I 3.
D. Sulu Archipelago.
for detachments of the Philippine Army, the hub of Moro cul-
The greater part of the population in the Sulu Archipelago is
ture, and the home of the Sultan of Sulu, the political and reli-
concentrated on Jolo and three or four of the small islands im-
gious leader of the Moros.
mediately south of it. Jolo was the most important port and ad-
(4) General facilities. A water system, a 240-kilowatt
ministrative and commercial center of the island. Malaria,
diesel electric power plant, a commercial radio station and an
dengue fever, and dysentery were prevalent.
army station, a manual telephone system, a 46-bed hospital, and
(1) Jolo.
a 40-bed treatment station were among the facilities at Jolo. A
The capital of the Sulu Province, Jolo was the headquarters
school, military headquarters, hospital, sultan's palace, church,
Page I 22
BRIEF
and several other buildings might be used for billeting. Sea-
(b) Port facilities. TABLE I - 3 lists facilities available at
planes could land and take off in Jolo Harbor; an emergency
the 9 villages.
airplane landing field was located near the city.
(b) Port facilities. At least 5 first-class berths were avail-
E. Northeast Borneo.
able in 73 to 84 feet of water. The entrance channel is clear and
The few towns in this sector were commercial and administra-
the port is sheltered from the southwest, but fairly open in other
directions.
tive centers and, with the exception of Beaufort, were ports.
There were 2 piers: the principal one, a concrete structure at
Most of the natives live in villages or hampongs, generally lo-
the end of a stone causeway, had a seaward face of 280 feet and
cated along the rivers on the seacoast.
a depth alongside of 30 feet; and the Chinese pier, a wooden
structure. The bottom dries alongside the latter at low water.
(1) Jesselton.
There were no cargo handling facilities. Fresh water was piped
With a population of 4,594 (1931), Jesselton was the chief
to the pier.
port on the west coast of British North Borneo and the northern
A cargo shed on the main pier and warehouses in the town
terminus of the State Railway. It was the focal point of the best
had a capacity of 30,000 tons of cargo.
road system in Borneo and a center of agriculture and rubber-
A small marine railway capable of handling launches up to
growing.
50 feet and 2 small machine shops for minor repairs were avail-
able.
(a) General facilities. Among the facilities at Jesselton
Privately owned gasoline launches and native boats, but no
were the following:
tugs or lighters, were located at Jolo.
A public water supply system with a reservoir which supplied
34,350,600 gallons in 1939.
(2) Villages.
A radio station.
The 9 coastal villages of the sector were minor ports used as
A diesel-powered electric power plant AC and DC, 366KW,
shipping points for lumber, copra, and rubber companies.
230 volts.
(a) General facilities. There were small radio stations at
An automatic telephone system within the town, connecting
with long distance lines to many interior points.
Siasi, Bangao, and Cagayan de Sulu, a telephone system on Basi-
Overland telegraph lines to Beaufort, Tenom, and Mempakul.
lan Island and a few small hospitals and dispensaries were scat-
A well-equipped 66-bed hospital.
tered throughout the sector. Siasi had a small electric power
An ice plant.
plant and a fair seaplane anchorage. Billeting facilities were lim-
Two garages and the State Railway locomotive repair shop.
ited.
Ample billeting and warehouse facilities.
TABLE 1 - 3.
PORT FACILITIES OF MINOR PORTS OF THE SULU ARCHIPELAGO
DEPTH
ALONGSIDE
PIER OR
HANDLING
VILLAGE
HARBOR
PIER OR WHARE
WHARF
EXPORTS
CAPACITIES
Isabela
Room for 2nd class vessels, pro-
Wharf with 200' berthing
18' to 29'
Lumber
70,000 feet of lumber per hatch
rected except NE
space Fresh water Small pier
12'
General
per 24-hour day No estimate
Port Holland
Well-sheitered but size permits
Wharf 513' long. Fresh water
17" to 29'
Lumber
500,000 feet of lumber per 24
only small vessels
piped but capacity small Wharf
hours
55° long
6'
General
No estimate
Kulibato
Exposed to N, NE, and E
Pier 40' long
21'
General
No estimate
Point
(Lamitan)
Tandu
Fair shelter, 11' to 32' depths
Stone mole
6'
General
'No estimate
Bato
Siasi
Mid-channel, in depths 36' to
Government wharf 47' long. 20'
General
No estimate
60'
Fresh water piped.
Bangao
Excellent shelter but limited
Wooden pier 50° long.
18'
General
No estimate
space. 22' to 42' depchs.
Si Tangkay
Open
Concrete wharf, 98' long, 65'
18'
General
No estimate
wide
New Baru
Baru Baru Bay. 36' to 60°
Small pier, in poor repair in 16'
General
No estimate
Baru
depths close in.
1937
Cagayan de Sulu Small land-locked harbor. An-
Pier with 131' of berthing 13'
Copra
No estimate
chorage outside in 54'-66'
space
depths.
Small quantities of provisions could be obtained at Isabela, Port Holland, Lamitan, Siasi, Sitankai, New Baru Batu, and Cayagan. Isabela, Port Holland, and Lamitan
maintained small stores of gasoline and diesel oil. The lumber company at Port Holland had a large machine shop which could make minor marine repairs.
BRIEF
Page / 23
(b) Port facilities. The harbor, partly open to the north
Food supplies could be obtained in small quantities. Engi-
and about 2,400 feet wide off pier end, can accommodate vessels
neering and deck supplies were obtainable. A stock of 160,000
up to 7,000 tons. Dredging is necessary to maintain depths.
gallons of gasoline was maintained.
Fairly secure anchorage for 30 or 40 vessels can be had in nearby
Twenty-six lighters with a total capacity of 8,000 tons were
waters.
available for loading ships anchored in the stream.
The only pier was a reinforced concrete, L-shaped structure,
The discharge capacity is estimated to have been about 450
providing berthing space of 328 feet, with depths of 18 to 26
short tons per day.
feet alongside. The pier was electrically lighted and there were
several cranes with capacities up to 20 tons. Railway tracks ran
(3) Linghas (Tarakan).
to the pier. There were also several small docks, dry alongside at
This was the port for exporting the petroleum product at 2
low water.
nearby fields. The 1930 population of the town was 11,589; of
Three warehouses at the pier had a total floor area of 67,500
the district, 13,398. Food was almost wholly imported. There
square feet.
was an airfield and a seaplane alighting area.
Boiler water was piped to the pier with connections at each
(a) General facilities. Most of the facilities in the Lingkas
berth. Maximum flow was 15 tons per hour.
area were owned by the oil company. Among them were:
Fresh provisions were plentiful. Deck and engineering sup-
plies were available in limited quantities. About 7,000 gallons
A radio station.
of gasoline were kept on hand in drums and tins.
A telephone system connecting various parts of the oil fields.
A modern hospital of 120 beds.
There were no ships' repair facilities but the railway shop
Two electric power plants.
was available.
A machine and repair shop at the Pamoesian oil field.
Discharge capacity is estimated to have been about 340 short
A pumping station which provided water from a stream for
tons per day.
purposes other than drinking. Drinking water was obtained by rain
carchment.
(2) Sandakan.
An ice plant and distillery.
The largest town (1931 population, 13,723) and chief port,
A narrow-gauge railroad connected Lingkas with the Pamoesian
oil field.
Sandakan was also the capital of British North Borneo. It pro-
Good roads connected with the airfield and with the oil fields.
vides a good emergency seaplane alighting area and anchorage.
Billeting facilities were very limited.
(a) General facilities. The important facilities were as
follows:
(b) Port facilities. The harbor was secure in all weather.
A radio-telegraph station of 21/2 KW.
There were reported to be 12 to 15 berths (1,800 feet) in 42
A steam electric power plant, 3 phase, 60-cycle, 700 KW at
feet of water and many berths in 24 to 30 feet. An anchorage
110-220 volts.
north of Lingkas could accommodate a large number of destroy-
An automaric telephone system with 200 subscribers.
ers or submarines.
A waterworks system supplying a daily minimum of 180,000
There are 2 piers, as follows:
gallons of filtered and sterilized water.
An ice and aerated water plant.
1. T-head pier, 1,050 feet long with low-water depth at head
A closed sewerage system.
of 30 feet. Pier was 6 feet above water at high tide. Water was
A well-equipped 90-bed hospital.
piped on with a 3-inch connection. Two 6-inch and one 4-inch
Extensive billeting facilities.
fuel oil lines with standard firrings connected with the oil field. A
Two warehouses for storage, totalling about 12,000 square feet
good road, 5 miles long, led to the oil fields.
of area.
2. T-head pier, 1,362 feet long with a low water depth of 33
A small foundry and machine shop.
feet along face. Pier was 6 feet above water at high tide. Water was
(b) Port facilities. The harbor gives excellent shelter and
piped on with a 3-inch connection. Two 10-inch and one 6-inch
fuel oil lines with standard fittings connected with the oil fields. A
has room for about 40 first-class berths in depths of 30 to 54
narrow-gauge railroad, laid onto the pier, led to the oil fields. A
feet. A bar across the entrance has limiting depths from 8 to
10-ton crane was mounted on tracks. Boat hoisting gear was
30 feet at low water.
capable of lifting a 50-foot launch.
There was only 1 important wharf, the property of the
government. It was substantially built, 450 feet long, 44 feet
A floating crane of 15-ton capacity was moored between the
wide for a length of 225 feet, and had a depth alongside of 19
2 piers.
feet at low water. The wharf had electricity, a water hydrant,
There was an oil tank farm close to the shore and a ware-
and a small narrow-gauge railway nearby. Twenty-foot wide
house, 60 feet long. was built at the end of the north pier.
asphalt roads connected with points several miles around, and
A pump house on the north pier could supply salt water for
1 road ran for 17 miles into the interior. A narrow-gauge rail-
fire fighting.
way for timber ran 8 miles into the jungle.
No gasoline was produced at Tarakan. The maximum dis-
A second pier had a depth of 11 feet at the head and was
charge rate for fuel oil at both piers, working simultaneously,
equipped with a 15-ton fixed hand crane.
was 7,200 pounds per hour. The south pier alone could dis-
In addition, there were 4 small jetties, privately owned.
charge 4,800 pounds per hour. Discharge was by gravity, forced
There was a patent slip belonging to the British Borneo Tim-
feed, or both.
ber Company, 400 feet long, with a cradle 150 feet long, draft
Food was available in small quantities.
on keel blocks of 5.6 feet forward and 10.6 aft, and having a
The only repair facilities available were at the oil field ma-
lifting power of 500 tons.
chine shop.
A small shipyard and foundry could build lighters up to 100
The discharge capacity for general cargo is estimated to have
tons displacement.
been about 225 short tons per day.
Page / 24
BRIEF
200-ton slipway, a fitting and turning shop, a carpenter shop,
(4) Villages.
and a smithery.
There were 9 coastal villages of local importance and 1
The government maintained a small wrecking tug. There
inland town, Beaufort, was an administrative headquarters and
were also 24 lighters of 4 to 15 tons capacity and a steam water-
the center of a rubber and sago-producing area. All of the coastal
boat of 18 tons capacity.
villages had some minor port facilities, including 1 or more
Warehouse storage space totalled 40,000 square feet.
small piers.
Storage areas for gasoline had a total capacity of 450,000
Kudat, a livestock center, had a radio station, telephone and
barrels, and for diesel oil, 2,100 barrels (1936). No pumps
telegraph systems, a submarine cable to Singapore, a water sup-
were available, but a portable pipeline was used.
ply system, and a 28-bed hospital.
Tanjong Batu was connected by a railroad 3 miles long with a
(2) Gorontalo.
manganese mine.
The second largest town of northern Celebes (1930 popu-
Lahad Datu, a tobacco and copra shipping point, had tele-
lation, 15,603), Gorontalo was the trade center for the Gulf
phone and telegraph connection with Sandakan, and a 10-mile
of Tomini area. Although 483 vessels of a total tonnage of
long light railway led to a tobacco plantation.
594,000 visited the port in 1939, port facilities were poor. Lake
Tawau, the center of a large trade in rubber, coconuts, live-
Limboto was a seaplane stop of the K.N.I.L.M. and the Dutch
stock, and timber, was also the headquarters of a large-scale
had planned a landing strip which may have been built by the
tuna-fishing industry. There was a radio station, a telephone
Japanese. Good roads connected with localities as far away as
system, and a civil hospital.
25 miles.
Tanjong Selor, Tanjong Redeb, and Benoa Baru had radio
(a) General facilities. Facilities at Gorontalo included the
stations.
following:
A radio station.
F. Northern Celebes sector.
A local telephone system.
The Minahasa region around Manado is densely populated
Telegraphic cable to Kema.
with numerous villages and several large towns. The remainder
An overland telegraphic connection with Koeandang.
An electric power plant with a 400 horsepower diesel engine.
of the sector is largely unexplored wilderness with no towns and
A government hospital with 44 beds.
a few primitive widely scattered villages.
(1) Manado.
(b) Port facilities. Anchorage in Gorontalo Bay is poor
The largest town in the Celebes Sea area (1930 population,
because of great depths, confined space, and strong currents. The
27,544), Manado was the commercial hub for the Celebes,
river is navigable only by the smallest craft. Large vessels tied
Sangihe, and Talaud Islands, and part of the Moluccas. Although
up to mooring buoys in the bay and were serviced by lighters
486 vessels with a total tonnage of 1,875,000 visited the port in
which unloaded at the small wharves on the west shore.
1939, there were no docking facilities and the vessels were serv-
Lighters were available, but no tugboats.
iced by praus. Motor roads connected with important places in
Minor motor repairs could be done at an automobile repair
the surrounding area. There was a landing strip, connected by
shop which had welding equipment and a lathe.
road, 32 miles south, and another was under construction by the
Storage facilities consisted of several warehouses of the
Dutch, 7 miles east. There was a seaplane stop on the K.N.I.L.M.
steamship company and oil and gasoline storage installations of
route at Lake Tondano.
the Shell Oil Company. Capacities are not reported.
(a) General facilities. Among the important facilities
(3) Tondano.
were the following:
The chief inland town in Minahasa (1930 population,
A radio station, call letters PKY.
15,007), Tondano was the center of an intensely cultivated re-
Submarine cable to Balikpapan and Java.
gion and was used as a health resort by Europeans. Two motor
Telegraph line to Ternate, Gorontalo, and Kema.
roads connect with Manado by different routes. Facilities included
A local telephone system.
An electric power plant with 3 diesel engines of 300 horsepower
a radio station (PKL, PNL), a government hospital, a mission
each, lighting 10 miles of streets.
hospital with 36 beds, a school, and a hotel.
A municipal water system with 14 miles of pipe, serving 1,491
private consumers, 113 services and plants, and 40 public hydranes.
(4) Villages.
The total distribution in 1939 was 37,000 cubic meters.
Villages of local importance include the following:
A modern, European-scaffed hospital of 124 beds. A military
hospital of 8 beds. A mission hospital, and a leper asylum.
Tolitoli, a minor port, had a radio station, a small water system
Billeting facilities were extensive.
and an emergency landing place for seaplanes.
Koeandang (Kwandang), a minor port, had road connection
(b) Port facilities. From December to February the an-
and reported telegraph and telephone connection with Gorontalo.
The Manado-Balikpapan cable landed here.
chorage in the open roadstead was unsafe and Kima, to the
Amoerang, a minor port, has a sexplane alighting area and had
north, and Kema, to the south, were used instead. A basin for
road connections with Manado and with Lake Tondano,
praus, with a 210-foot wharf, was used by unloading craft draw-
Tomohon, an interior village, had a modern 130-bed hospital.
ing no more than 6½ feet. The basin was served by a 1-ton
Kakas, on Lake Tondano, was the site of the Durch Air Line
crane.
seaplane base and the Durch naval seaplane base was nearby. A
There were 2 small shipbuilding and repair concerns. One
landing strip was 5 miles southwest. Good roads led to the landing
strip and to Tondano.
had 3 slipways for 200-, 100-, and 50-ton vessels, a repair yard
Talise (Talisei), a minor port, was a small coaling station.
workshop, a carpenter shop, and a smithery. The other had a
Lighters could supply 200 tons per day. There was an emergency
BRIEF
Page I 25
seaplane alighting area and small stores of aviation gasoline were
maintained.
the Minahasa region around Manado. A second important road
Kema, a minor port, was used as an alternate port for Manado,
system centers on Gorontalo.
30 miles distant, during the northwese monsoon, December to
February. A motor road connects the 2 ports. There is an emer-
(3) Water transport.
gency sesplane alighting area 5 miles northeast.
Vessels of the Koninklijke Paketvaart Maatschappij (Royal
Tomini, Toeladenggi (Tuladenggi), Tilamoeta (Tilamuta),
Packet Navigation Co.) paid regular calls at ports in Halma-
Kotaboena (Kotabuna), Totokrata (Totok), Soematata (Suma-
hera, the Sangihe and Talaud Islands, Dutch Borneo, and North-
lata), Tang, Boeol, Kampoengbaroe, and Stadang were minor ports
and ports of call of the K.P.M.
ern Celebes. Ocean-going vessels called at Zamboanga and Da-
vao in Mindanao; the bulk of the island's trade, however, was
carried by interisland steamers, which made irregular stops at
a number of other smaller ports. Much of the coastal trade was
15. Transportation and Communi-
carried on by launch-towed barges and praus. The Sulu ports
cations
were connected by steamer with Mindanao and Singapore. The
7 major ports of British North Borneo were served by the Straits
Steamship Company and the Sabah Steamship Company, as well
No portion of the Celebes Sea region has a well-developed
as by others.
system of transportation or communications. The areas best
Inland water transport was not extensive in Halmahera or
served are the Philippines, British North Borneo, and portions
the Sangihe and Talaud Islands, where bars at the river mouths
of Northern Celebes; Mindanao and the Minahasa district of
and swift currents made navigation difficult for all but small
Northern Celebes have good road systems, and 125 miles of
praus. In Mindanao, however, the 2 large river systems (the
railroad exist in British North Borneo. In general, however, land
Agusan and the Mindanao) are used extensively for inland
routes are undeveloped, and water is by far the more important
transport. The rivers on the islands of the Sulu Archipelago are
means of transportation.
short, but used wherever possible because of the scarcity of
The 60 radio stations in the region, concentrated largely in
roads. The rivers of Borneo were the region's main routes of
Mindanao, Sulu, and British North Borneo, constituted the
travel and trade. Travel by inland waterways is relatively unim-
principal means of rapid communication. Rudimentary tele-
portant in Northern Celebes, except in the lakes of the interior.
graph and telephone systems in Mindanao, British North Bor-
neo, and Northern Celebes connected the chief cities with their
B. Communications.
hinterlands. Five submarine cables linked parts of the region
with neighboring areas. (FIGURES I- 1 to 4)
(1) Radio.
There were about 60 radio stations in the Celebes Sea region,
A. Transportation.
constituting the chief means of rapid communication. The sta-
tions in the Netherlands East Indies portion were owned and
(1) Railroads.
operated by the government, with headquarters in Java. Only
The State Railway of British North Borneo is the only com-
the Tondano station may have been of the broadcast type. The
mon carrier railroad in the Celebes Sea region. It has a total
stations in Mindanao and Sulu were almost all operated or con-
track length of 125 miles, is of meter gauge, and runs from Jes-
trolled by the Bureau of Posts to supplement the telegraphic
selton to Tenom via Beaufort, with branches from Tenom to
communications. None of them was of the broadcast type. North
Melalap and from Beaufort to Weston. All other roads in the
Borneo had 6 radio-telegraph stations; the 1 at Sandakan was
region are light railways, including the short marine railways at
a broadcast station, communicating with Hong Kong and Japan.
the major ports, numerous logging railways, an abandoned coal
mine line, and a Decauville railway serving the Tarakan oil
(2) Telegraph, telephone, and submarine cable.
fields.
The only telegraph and telephone networks in the Dutch
portion of the Celebes Sea region were in the Minahasa Dis-
(2) Roads and trails.
trict of Northern Celebes. Submarine cables connected Ternate
The stage of development of the land routes varies from sec-
with Kema and Menado with Balikpapan. The northern coastal
tor to sector within the region. Mindanao has the best system,
towns of Mindanao, from Gingoog, Misamis Oriental, to Kati-
with 2,176 miles of improved roads, of which the best are on
punan, Zamboanga, were connected by telegraph. Another line
the north coast, in the Bukidnon and Cotabato valleys, and in
extended southward through Dansalan and Malabang to Cota-
the Davao region. Halmahera has no roads, but many foorpaths
bato. The system was supplemented by radio-telegraph and tele-
and some bridle paths and cart tracks. The Sangihe and Talaud
phone. Mindanao had no overall telephone system, but a num-
Islands are well supplied with roads, which the Dutch classified
ber of provincial lines and local systems supplemented the
as "secondary." In the Sulu Archipelago, Basilan Island, Tawi-
radio and telegraph facilities. The only telephone lines in the
tawi Island, and Cagayan Sulu Island have 1 road each; Jolo Is-
Sulu Archipelago were on Basilan and Jolo Islands. The 2
land has an extensive network of gravelled, macadam, and coral
submarine cables in Mindanao connected Misamis with Titunod
rock-surfaced roads. All the islands have numerous trails. British
North Borneo had 340 miles of roads and 640 miles of bridle
and Baliangan with the island of Negros. British North Borneo
paths in 1941; the west coast was much better supplied than
had 700 miles of telegraph lines making up 1 main line and a
the east coast. The only roads in Durch Borneo were on Tara-
number of branches. A cable connected at Labuan with the
kan Island; footpaths were the only means of land transport on
Eastern Telegraph Company submarine cable to Singapore.
the mainland. Northern Celebes is comparatively well supplied
There were also 12 telephone exchanges, 2 of which, at San-
with roads and footpaths, with the main roads concentrated in
dakan and Jesselton, were automatic.
Page I 26
BRIEF
16. Resources and Trade
ploited. Japanese propaganda has emphasized the discovery and
(FIGURES 1 to 4)
development of a variety of minerals, particularly in Borneo.
One large unexploited deposit of iron ore was in the northern
A. Food resources.
tip of Surigao Province, Mindanao. Much smaller deposits were
reported in Beitish Borneo. A small amount of chromite has been
No surpluses of food exist in the Celebes Sea area, which pro-
mined on Dinagat Island off Mindanao. Mindanao had import-
duces quantities barely sufficient to feed the local population
ant gold mines; silver was mined as a by-product. These metals
and has been obliged to import food from other parts of south-
were mined primitively and on a small scale in northern Celebes,
ern Asia. The staples of the native diet are rice, corn, sago, tuber-
where some sulphur was also produced.
tables, and nuts, some of which grow wild. Food crops were
ous roots, and fish, supplemented by many tropical fruits, vege-
(2) Fuels.
grown on small plots of land; the few large plantations in the
Ample wood for fuel exists throughout the area. Bituminous
area were devoted to crops for export. A moderate amount of
coal was mined in British Borneo, Dutch East Borneo, and Min-
livestock was available throughout the area. Most cattle were
danao; the production in Dutch Borneo (300,000 tons annual-
used as beasts of burden. Goats were common in Mohammedan
ly) far exceeded that in the other 2 regions. The chief source of
villages and pigs in non-Mohammedan ones. The carabao was
petroleum was Tarakan Island, off Dutch East Borneo, which
used both for food and as a beast of burden in Mindanao. Fish
produced about 4,000,000 barrels of crude oil annually before
were plentiful and a more important source of food than meat,
the war. The oil, which can be used as under-boiler fuel without
ranking after rice, corn, and sago as a staple. There were ice
refining, could be piped directly to ships lying at the piers. The
factories on Jolo Island in the Sulu Archipelago and in northern
Japanese have restored the field and are using it.
Celebes, British Borneo, and Mindanao. British Borneo had sev-
One oil seepage has been found at Banasilan, in eastern Cota-
eral rice mills. Mindanao had the largest food processing facili-
bato Province on Mindanao, and others have been noted in
ties, including a Japanese tunafish cannery, a pineapple cannery
British North Borneo. Coconut oil is used for cooking and light-
at Bugo, and several small plants for making desiccated coconut.
ing by natives in Halmahera, Sangihe, and Talaud.
Another Japanese fish cannery was at Manado.
(3) Agricultural and marine materials.
B. Water supply.
Timber is one of the area's principal resources. Extensive log-
The Celebes Sea Area has, in general, fairly abundant water
ging of numerous hard and soft woods has been carried on in
supply, owing to the heavy and evenly distributed rainfall and
Mindanao and Borneo. Gums and resins were collected in
the numerous rivers and streams. In the eastern part of the Jolo
significant quantities from the forests in British and Dutch Bor-
Island group of the Sulu Archipelago the supply is sometimes in-
neo, the Sulus, Mindanao, and Halmahera. Rubber was an im-
adequate. Mindanao and Sulu have a number of artesian wells.
portant export from Borneo, although international restrictive
The surface wells are generally open and unprotected, and
agreements kept production far below capacity. Small amounts
should be considered polluted. Natives obtain their water from
were also grown on Mindanao and Basilan Island. Coconuts
shallow wells, springs, streams, lakes, and rainwater catchment
were grown for local use and export (as copra and coconut oil)
basins. In some places the natives pipe water to their houses
on small native farms throughout the area. Large amounts of
from the nearest spring through a split bamboo aqueduct. There
excellent hemp were grown on plantations in Davao Province,
are a few public supplies in the area and before the war, water
Mindanao, in other parts of Mindanao, and in the Sulus. One ex-
from these could be consumed without additional treatment, but
perimental cinchona plantation existed in Mindanao.
it is doubted whether the Japanese have continued adequate
supervision. Reservoirs, rain water catchments, storage tanks,
E. Manufacturing plants.
etc., most frequently are used. All water in the area, regardless
The only manufacturing plants in the Celebes Sea area were
of source, should be boiled or chemically purified. Stream water
small installations connected with the primary processing of
should be taken from a point near the headwaters.
foods and agricultural and mineral products for export. Some of
the larger towns in Mindanao, Celebes, and North Borneo had
C. Construction materials.
small machine repair shops.
Wood for construction is generally available throughout the
Celebes Sea area; excellent supplies exist on Halmahera and
F. Electric power.
Mindanao. Rattan and the leaves of various palms can be used
Information on power plants in the Celebes Sea area is in-
for roofing native huts. The Japanese have recently claimed to
complete. Mindanao had 20 public plants and numerous small
be constructing a cement factory in northern Celebes. Coral
private plants connected with mines and sawmills. The Sulus
from the shores of the entire area and basalt rock from the in-
had 1 very small power plant at Jolo; there was another on Ter-
terior of Mindanao and the Sulus can be used to build roads and
nate Island, off Halmahera. At least 2 others existed in northern
airfields.
Celebes, at Manado and Gorontalo.
D. Industrial raw materials and primary processing.
G. Commerce.
(1) Minerals.
The chief imports to all parts of the Celebes Sea area were
Relatively small amounts of a few important industrial raw
cotton goods, small iron and steel manufactures, medicines, and
materials were mined in the Celebes Sea area before the war.
some canned goods. The chief exports included: petroleum, coal,
Large parts of the area had not been adequately surveyed for
and timber from Dutch Borneo; rubber, timber, and copra from
mineral deposits, and deposits in other sections had not been ex-
British Borneo; Manila hemp, copra, and gold from Mindanao;
FIGURE I I
JANIS 155
⑉
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
MINDANAO AND SULU
DINAGAT
L
To
METALLED ROAD
TELEGRAPH STATION
PRINCIPAL ELECTRIC
UNSURFACED ROAD
TELEGRAPH LINE
POWER PLANT
entimage
PRINCIPAL MARITIME ROUTE
SUBMARINE CABLE
SAWMILL (Cutting 20,000
BOHOL
11
BIARGAO
.
I
day
and
over)
MAIN INTER-ISLAND ROUTE
RADIO STATION
GOLD MINING AREA
MINOR INTER ISLAND ROUTE
PROVINCE BOUNDARY
SELECTED BRIDGE
Numbers and
CHROME MINING AREA
MINDANAO SEA
BUCAS GRANDE 1.
letters refer
SELECTED PERRY
to text
COAL MINING AREA
Centran
CAMIGUIN
IL
BUTUAN
Lenute
MISAMIS ORIENTAL
100°
III
IN
Sway
5.6
SURIGAO
Time
1
-
Cargo
/ j
AGUSAN
Capital
s
Him
Capayer
also
DETAILS OF SHADED AREA
ARE SHOWN ON MAIN MAP
indengen
BASILAN
ZAMBOANGA
/
AO
BUKIDNON
Cannel
Maria
Spitan
4,
LANAO
/
à
DAVAO
TAWITAWE
ILLANA BAY
Name
SULU ARCHIPELAGO 6°
Maistang
Lumerso,
Vital
SECURITY
#
-
Canage
Membiling
Tengkey
MORO
GULF
Patale
Expenses
-
gri
Cross
Mayo
I
Magandy
MALAMA
LAKE
-
Date
BULLIAN
BASIAN
COTABATO
Beheiebong
/
GULF DAVAO
Malita
o
SULU
8
Milk
Kononadal
Morker
9.
à
IOIO
DECLASSIFIED
To AUSTRALIA
To AUSTRALIA
By Authority of
LAPAC
JCS
:
By
SR
Dat
3 1 1975
131°
123°
1347
If
of
-
=
FIGURE I.L Mindanas and Sule-Transportation, Communications, Industrial Facilities.
DECLASSIFIED
By Authority of
JCS letter, 7-25-75
FIGURE 1 - 2
JANIS 155
By SR Date JUL 31 1975
Kata
i
NORTHEASTERN
Tandlong
BORNEO
90
d'
KIMANIE
BAY
to
100
150
with
LABORR
N
190
180
ELOMETERS
BRUND BAY
116°
ne
SOUTH
-
TRANSPORTATION
CHINA
-
SULU
PAISAN
ser
:
Pin
SEA
Longkon
ROAD
SEA
Kota Belud
BRIDLE PATH
LABUR
-
-
SAI
BASSE
FOOTPATH
Refuren
LANDARAN
-
due
RAILROAD
MP
Long
NORTH
Beaufor
Kaningen
due
SAT
Labed Date
COMMUNICATIONS
Komebong
BORNEO
SAIVE
P
TELEGRAPH LINE
Peniengen
Selimpopan
Reported)
TELEGRAPH STATION
+
NAMEOR
TELEPHONE LINE
-
,
adtra
RADIO STATION
CELEBES
SUBMARINE CABLE
DUTCH
Tal
INDUSTRIAL FACILITIES
SEA
5
POWER PLANT
5
1a Reclete
SAWMILL
-
o
RICE MILL
BORNEO
E
CUTCH FACTORY
OIL WELLS
1
(PUMPED FOR BUNKERING)
o
RAILROAD REPAIR SHOPS
I
COAL MINING AREA
e'
116
- -
FIGURE 1.2. - Nortbern Borneo-Transportation, Communications, Industrial Facilities.
FIGURE I 3
JANIS 155
-
-
-
IMP
OF
COMMONWEALTH
OF THE
PHILIPPINES
NORTHERN CELEBES
AUTOMOBILE ROAD
RADIO STATION
TALAUD EIL.
SECONDARY ROAD (USUALLY MOTORABLE
POSSIBLE RADIO STATION
IN FAIR WEATHER)
TRAIL
LAND TO AIR RADIO
SENDING AND RECEIVING STATION
LOCATION
OF INSET
TELEPHONE EXCHANGE
TELEGRAPH STATION
LOCATION or MAP
0
POSSIBLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE
ELECTRIC POWER PLANT
MAINAMERA
SANGIHE EIL
op
o
50
100
-
8
CELEBES
MILES
SANGIHE AND
o
50
100
TALAUD ISLANDS
-
KILOMETERS
a
⑈
-
MAR
P
120°
or
120"
121°
122°
123°
124°
un
or
125"
2
2"
st
Telse
CELEBES
SEA
Subming CABLE
Da.
Persons
CARLE
-
1
Dame
Л.
Ameerang
for
00
D.
Polger
:-
I
Abapt
I
Memerial
Resendang
-
-
Solos
(
-
-
Twong
Monetong
Titamis
Perio
-
Limbo
Boy
DECLASSIFIED
times Belong
GOLF VAN TOMINI
MOLUKSCHE
By Authority of
JCS letter
7.
25-75
By
SR
Da
L 3 19
o
OF
0°
GORONTALO
-
a
120°
121"
122"
123°
124°
125"
NO. 3280
COMPILED AND DRAWN IN THE BRANCH OF RESEARCH AND ANALYSIS, 055
LITHOGRAPHED IN THE REPRODUCTION BRANCH, oss
19 APRIL 1944
FIGURE 1.3. Northern Celeber-Communications,
FIGU
JAN
HALMAHERA
CART TRACK Motorable .
RADIO receiver anly
for weather)
BRIDLE PATH Some -
WIRELESS
able)
FOOTPATH
TELEGRAPH
-
ELECTRIC POWER PLANT
PRACE
MOROTAI
a
-
A
a
E
H
A
M
-
A
Bene
=
Charges
2
N
KAGE BANK
.
A
sow -
-
2
H
WEDA BAAI
$
K
U
By B SR Date JUL 31 1975
3
o
M
BATJAN
-
CRUMS
La
FIGURE 1 - 4. Halmabera-Communications.
BRIEF
Page I 27
copra and small amounts of coffee and rubber from northern
fishing. About 70% of the population were classified as Christ-
Celebes; copra and hemp from the Sulus; and copra and spices
ians in 1935.
from Halmahera, Sangihe, and Talaud.
The Sangihe and Talaud Islands form a division under the
Residency of Manado, which is in turn under the Government
H. Finance.
of the Great East.
Barter is a common form of trade throughout the area. The
C. Mindanso sector and Sulu Archipelago. (FIGURE I 6)
Japanese have introduced scrip, using the names of the pre-war
currencies of the occupied territories, and have tried to enforce
There are at least 20 different ethnic groups in the Mindanao-
its use for all transaction. The people, however, are probably
Sulu area, of which 13 are pagan, 6 Mohammedan, and 1 Christ-
hoarding the pre-war Philippine pesos and Netherlands Indies
ian. The groups are chiefly Indonesian and Malayan; a few are
guilders.
Negritos or are intermixed with Megritos. The pagan groups
show little cultural or political unity; the Moros, on the other
hand, have many close cultural bonds stemming from their re-
ligion, although they lack a national consciousness. The Chris-
17. People and Government
tian Visayas form part of the general Visaya group of the cen-
tral Philippines, which is the largest and most powerful cul-
A. Halmahera sector. (FIGURE 1.5)
tural and political group in the Islands.
Most of the natives near the coasts have had contact with
Portugal, the first European power to control the Moluccas,
foreigners, and many of them have been employed as ordinary
was driven out of Tidore in 1605 by the Dutch, who obtained a
laborers on plantations. The Bagobos, Bilaans, Bukidnons, La-
monopoly for the entire spice trade. In recent years, the great
naos, Samals, Subanos, Sulus, and Visayas are all potential
prosperity of Halmahera diminished with the decline of the
sources of labor; the Visayas on the north and east coasts will
spice trade.
probably furnish the best laborers. Many workers are indifferent
The natives of northern Halmahera, Morotai, Ternate, Ti-
and unreliable, while the religious beliefs of the Moros some-
dore, and Makian Islands are all of substantially identical stock;
times interfere with their doing certain types of work or work-
they are Alfoer tribes, the result of a mixture of Malays and
ing at set hours. Consultation with the headman of a tribe, the
Papua-Melanesians. The natives of southern Halmahera and of
town mayor, or members of municipal governments should
the Batjan group resemble the Papuans of New Guinea. The
serve to provide sufficient labor.
population of Halmahera is about 56,000; that of the off-lying
The large Japanese population around the city of Davao, in
islands is about 47,000. The northern Halmaherans speak at
Davao province, which the Japanese now claim to total 30,000,
least 13 mutually unintelligible languages of non-Malayan
was strongly disliked by the natives of Davao, who massacred
stock; the 7 or more languages spoken throughout the rest of the
many groups of settlers.
island are of Malayan stock. Ternatean is used as a lingua franca.
The 10 provinces of Mindanao are classed as regular (Misa-
Malay is known only in the harbor towns of Halmahera, but is
mis Occidental, Misamis Oriental, and Surigao) and "special"
fairly widespread throughout the off-lying islands.
(Agusan, Bukidnon, Cotabato, Davao, Lanao, Sulu, and Zam-
Most of the Halmaherans are pagan, but Christianity and
boanga). "Special" provinces are much more subject to the
Mohammedanism have made some advances in the coastal re-
close and direct scrutiny of the central government than the
gions. Mohammedanism is predominant in most of the off-lying
regular provinces, and less entitled to the suffrage and to the
islands, except in Morotai, where the pagans are by far the larg-
election of their own officers. The ultimate aim is to transform
est group.
all provinces into regular provinces. The Secretary of the In-
The natives of this sector are inclined to be surly, irritable,
terior in the Philippine Cabinet is responsible for the supervi-
and lazy. All villages can supply male carriers; some expert
sion of all provincial and local governments in the Philippines.
boatbuilders are available in the coastal areas.
Internal dissension in Mindanao and Sulu has stemmed large-
Administration of Halmahera and the off-lying islands was
ly from the fact that the Filipino groups, chief of which are the
vested in the Assistant Resident at Ternate, who was responsible
Visaya and Tagalogs, have held most of the important official
to the Resident of the Moluccas at Amboina, and ultimately to
posts in the government, to the exclusion of the Moros. The
the Governor of the Great East at Makassar. The territory of
Moros lack sufficient education to be able to play an important
the North Moluccas was divided into 2 areas, 1 under the
part in the government, and suffer from profound splits within
direct rule of the Netherlands Government, and the other under
their own groups.
the nominal rule of the Sultans, who coöperated with the
Netherlands Government. Controleurs and Gezaghebbers were
D. Northeast Borneo. (FIGURE I 5)
administrative officers of subdivisions in the territories under
direct rule. The natives' attitude toward both the Durch and
The Dutch and English established footholds in Borneo in the
Japanese is probably passive, although the old nobility of Ter-
seventeenth century, and extended their influence in the course
of the eighteenth century. Borneo remains one of the least de-
nate may resent Dutch usurpation of their power.
veloped parts of the East Indies. The inhabitants fall into 3 main
groups: the Klamantan, in British North Borneo; the Bahau,
B. Sangihe-Talaud sector. (FIGURE I-5)
in central and east Dutch Borneo; and the Punan, in the moun-
The natives of Sangihe resemble those of Minahasa in Cele-
tains and deep forest of central Borneo. Of the 530,000 people
bes; the Talauders show some physical differences. The people
in Northeastern Borneo, about 84% (450,000) are natives,
of the islands, which are overcrowded, are timid and inoffensive,
11% Chinese, and 5% other Asiatics and Europeans.
and reluctant to serve as hired labor. They live by agriculture and
The business language in the coastal towns is Malay, which is
Page I 28
BRIEF
also the chief language taught in schools. The tribes continue
and yellow fever are widely distributed in the territories border-
to speak their own tongues.
ing on the Celebes Sea. Consequently, malaria is the principal
The majority of the natives are pagan. The most important
health problem and the first of the diseases of special military
Christian missionary work has been the establishment of schools.
importance. The disease is extremely prevalent throughout
It has been necessary to import Chinese and Javanese laborers
Halmahera, Sangihe, and Talaud, but no details are available.
for work on rubber and tobacco plantations; of the 15,500 la-
Malaria in the Philippines is a disease of the foothills and is
borers in 1939, 7,000 were natives, 6,000 Chinese, and 2,300
transmitted neither in the coastal plains nor in the mountains.
Javanese. Natives were employed as unskilled laborers on rub-
Efforts have been made in Mindanao and Sulu to control the
ber estates, oil fields, and at cutting timber. Other natives were
disease, but since the malarial mosquitoes here are stream breed-
engaged in small-scale agriculture. The Dusun are considered
ers, oiling has proved ineffective. Malaria control in Borneo and
good workers, although not so steady or reliable as the Chinese.
Celebes has been simplified somewhat by the fact that the vec-
About 30,000 males were available in the South and East Divi-
tors are ground breeders and do not deposit their larvae in
sions residency in 1939. The natives stay close to tribal centers
plants, coconut shells, or small artificial containers. Blackwater
and are unwilling to remain away from their homes for more
fever occurs in Mindanao and Sulu but is known to be rare. The
than 6 months at a time.
next important diseases are typhoid fever and other intestinal
British North Borneo was administered by the British North
diseases. Bacillary and amebic dysentery are common in Halma-
Borneo Company. A Governor of the island acted under the
hera, as well as in North Borneo, Dutch Borneo, and Celebes.
authority of a Court of Directors in London, assisted by a Gov-
Acute outbreaks of amebiasis were reported from Tobelo and
ernment Secretary and a Civil Service staff of 60 men. Dutch
from Djailolo at the end of 1937. Dysentery is said to be com-
Borneo was one of the Outer Territories in the Netherlands East
mon on Sangihe and Talaud. Typhoid fever is prevalent through-
Indies governmental organization. Three of the 8 subdivisions
out the Philippine Islands, but few cases are reported from North
included in this study were native-ruled, although the capital of
Borneo. In Dutch Borneo and Celebes the disease is definitely
each subdivision was ruled directly by the Dutch. The Japanese
common. This is largely due to inadequacies in the drinking wa-
have tended to retain the old boundaries. Natives courts coexist
ter supplies and sewage systems. Paratyphoid fever and many va-
with British and Dutch courts in Borneo.
rieties of salmonella infections have been reported from many
areas in the Netherlands Indies. Bacillary dysentery is by far the
E. Northern Celebes sector. (FIGURE 1-5)
most important enteric infection in the Philippines. It is said that
A confederation of the 4 largest tribes of the northeastern
the cases are largely sporadic but unsafe water and food supplies
peninsula of Celebes, the Tombulus, Tonseas, Tontemboans, and
augment the possibility of outbreaks. Amebic dysenteries occur
Tondanos, was created in the seventeenth century for mutual
much less frequently but cause much illness. The third group of
protection. The Minahasans requested Durch aid against the
disease of special military importance are the venereal diseases.
Spanish in 1679, and have ever since remained friendly toward
Only in Halmahera are syphilis and gonorrhea infrequent. In
the Netherlands.
the Philippines, gonorrhea is the most prevalent venereal disease
The entire sector is inhabited by peoples of mixed ancestry.
and will prove to be a serious problem for military forces there.
The Minahasans, the largest group, are distinct from the other
In Borneo gonorrhea rates as high as 80% have been reported
tribes, and are said to have a strain of Javanese and a fair amount
in some areas. Syphilis is fairly new but is spreading rapidly.
of European blood. The total number of inhabitants in the area
Occasional cases of chancroid and granuloma inquinale are en-
is believed to be under 700,000. The coasts are fairly well popu-
countered. In cities the rates are higher than in rural areas.
lated; there are relatively few interior villages.
Rickettsial diseases constitute the fourth group, though little
Malay is generally comprehensible throughout the Celebes
information is available on its occurrence in any sector. The
sector. Natives who have attended high school know some
only definite knowledge is that flea-borne murine typhus and
Dutch, and a few probably know English.
tick-borne scrub typhus do occur in the Philippines. Although
Christianity is the most important religion in Minahasa,
there are no specific data or scrub typhus in the area, its presence
where 266,000 of 292,000 natives were Christians in 1935.
should be strongly suspected. The current army typhus vaccine
There were less than 5,000 Mohammedans. A very small num-
does not protect against it. Another disease, dengue, occurs
ber are pagan.
abundantly in all parts of the area. It produces a low mortality
The best laborers in the area are the Boeginese and South
rate but a high non-effective rate and readily disables an entire
Makassarese. They are usually obtained at Makassar. Many
army. Also, the respiratory infections are an important source of
Minahasan boys become clerks or join the army.
trouble throughout the islands. Influenza, bronchitis, broncho-
Northern Celebes falls within the Territory of the Great
pneumonia, and lobar pneumonia are all quite prominent. Lobar
East, whose capital is at Makassar. Manado Residency is one of
pneumonia is one of the most frequent causes of death in the
6 within the Territory; the Residency contains 5 divisions and
Netherlands Indies. Careful hygienic measures have not been
12 subdivisions. A large part of the Residency is under indirect
rule of the Netherlands Government. The sector probably con-
able to stamp out the dangers of pneumonia on the large plan-
tains many pro-Japanese, as well as pro-Dutch, natives.
tations.
In this area, as in other tropical countries, skin diseases are a
major affliction. Scabies, Dhobie itch, and common fungus in-
18. Health and Sanitation
fections are prevalent. Impetigo is often seen in Halmahera.
Tinea albigena is frequent and is localized in the palms and on
A. Diseases.
the soles. Epidermophytoris occurs and is highly communicable.
Mosquitoes capable of transmitting malaria, filariasis, dengue,
Prickly heat often bothers newcomers more than natives. Red
FIGURE I 5
JANIS 155
BORNEO, CELEBES AND HALMAHERA
POPULATION
DENSITY
1930
o
50
100
150
200
250
BOUNDARIES
DENSITY OF NATIVE POPULATION
DENSITY OF EUROPEAN POPULATION
MILES
BY SUBDIVISIONS
0
50
100
150
200
250
KILOMETERS
INTERNATIONAL
(Number of persons per square kilometer)
1-10 PERSONS
RESIDENCY
45-50
:
LESS
THAN 2
20-50
DIVISION
95-100
-
SOURCE: VOLKSTELLUNG, 1930, VOLUMES 5 AND 6
SUBDIVISION
495-500 "
2-5
50-100
OVER 1000 (MANADO, 1392 PERSONS)
5-10
100-200
114°
116"
118"
10-20
Total population of Brit-
120°
122"
134°
126"
128°
ish North Bornes in 1939,
SANDAKAN
304,433.
MINDANAO
ADMINISTRATIVE DIVISIONS
6'
AND
Sggdaken
D
SULU ARCHIPELAGO
BORNEO
40
-
a
SUBDIVISIONS
KUDAT
NO/RTH
1. Tidoengsche-Landen
SANGIHE 0 TALAUD EILANDEN
2. Bowlowngon
BORNEO,
3. Apokejon
4.
Berson
INTERIOR
5. Boven-Mahakam
IMBLINE
TALAUD-EILANDEN
6. West-Koatol
7. Oost-Koetal
=
8. Poeroektjoce
o
CELEBES
SEA
SARAWAK
MANADO RESIDENCY-CELEBES
SUBDIVISIONS
Tarekan
E
9. Donggola
SANGIHE-EILANDEN
10. Talbal
11. Boeol
19
1
12. Parigi
13. locieno
2
14. Gerentala
2"
15. Boloing Mangondow
16. Amoerong
17. Tondono
CELEBES
18
18. Monado
Manado
C
19. Songlhe Ell.
5
20. Teloud BL
17
B
R
N
STRAIT
+
Termite
TERNATE DIVISION-HALMAHERA
is
23
12
12
SUBDIVISIONS
Gerentale
MAKASSAR
HALMAHERA
21. Djailelo
4
22. Tobelo
0'
23. Termite
24. Wede
DOESOEN
900
25. Butjon
25
Donggolo
LANDEN
114'
118"
120"
123"
124°
125"
128"
COMPLED AND DRAWN a THE BRANCH OF RESEARCH AND ANALYSIS DSS
JUNO
LITHOGRAPHED - THE REPRODUCTION MANDL ons
APRIL 1944
FIGURE 1.5. Borneo, Calebes and Halmabera-Population Density.
FIGURE 1-6
JANIS 155
124°
DENSITY OF NATIVE POPULATION BY PROVINCES, 1939
EYTE
MINDANAO AND SULU
Orgians
/
SOUND
10°
Number of persons per square kilometer.
SIARGAD
100-119
40-59
Under 20
Surigao
80-99
20-39
BUCAS GRANDE
0
29
N
100
NEGROS
SIQUIDA :
CAMIGUR
Milles
o
25
X
100
Butuan
NORTH ISUIT
Kiometers
MINDANAO SEA
OR
SOUTH BLET
MISAMIS
LIANGA BAY
A
G
U
S
A
N
Oroquieta
Cagayan
(LIGAN BAY
SULU
SEA
G
MISAMIS
BUKIONON
%
Malaybalay
Dansalan
.
M
N
D
A
N
A
0
L
N
A
o
SAN MICUIL a
D
A
y
A
o
SIBUGUEY
ILLANA BAY
BAY
BONGO
OLUTANGA
-8
Cotabato
0
Davad #
CAGATAN BULU
- a
Zamboangs
/
MORO
GULF
BASILAN STRAIT
C
o
T
A
.
A
T
o
DAVAO
MAMBAHERAUMAN
/
BASILAN I
-
GULF
:-
9
CABUCAN
8
TONSQUIL
/
JOLO
LAPARAN
DAMMAI
PATALL
LUGUE
:-
SAMALES
X /
BARANGAN
-
6
CELEBES
SEA
BORNEO
1"
B nines
SIMUNIE
= DARVEL BAY
SIBUTU
TAWITAMI /
119°
1
100°
123"
124"
129°
136°
un
120°
COMPILED AND DRAWN . THE BRANCH of RESEARCH AND ANALYSIS oss
LITHOGRAPHED - THE REPRODUCTION BRANCH, on
3175
APRIL 1944
FIGURE 1.6 Density of Native Population by Provinces.
BRIEF
Page I 29
bug dermititis if often an intolerable annoyance. Cutaneous
part of the curative medical work was undertaken by mission
myiasis is common.
hospitals and industrial hospitals in cooperation with the
There are other diseases which might become military prob-
Bureau of Health. The Bureau maintained 4 travelling X-ray
lems though they have not been encountered in the area. In re-
units for use in tuberculosis control work. A Malaria Control
cent years there have been no cases of cholera or plague reported.
Field Laboratory had headquarters in Bulacon Province, Luzon,
Yellow fever has never occurred in any of this territory, although
and Malaria Control units were located in the provinces of La-
the vector of the disease, aedes aegypti, is found throughout.
guna, Pangasinan, and Isabela with subunits in other provinces.
There are other diseases, not of particular military importance
The medical facilities and the public health program of North
but likely to affect small numbers of troops. The first of these
Borneo were inadequate. This was due in part to limited funds
is tuberculosis which is prevalent in the area in all forms, and
and personnel, to the difficulties of transportation, and to the
ranks as the single greatest cause of death. It is not believed that
ignorance of the natives. A small amount of malaria control had
this disease will be of great military significance for well selected
been carried out at Jesselton, Tawau, Sandakan, Tenom, and
white personnel. Also, worm infections are extremely common
Keningau. The work undertaken by the Dutch Government in
throughout the Philippines, ascariasis and trichuriasia being the
the Netherlands Indies has led to important results in many
most prevalent forms. Hookworm disease is endemic. The com-
fields. This is surprising since the number of physicians is very
bination of hookworm and malaria is dreaded especially because
small. The small body of medical pioneers was able to improve
of the resultant severe anemia. Filariasis has been observed in
sanitary conditions to a point where life offered few special
the Philippine Islands, North Borneo, Sangihe and Talaud, and
health dangers for foreigners.
Halmahera. Schistosomiasis due to Schistosoma japonicum OC-
curs in Northern Mindanao. Yaws is prevalent throughout the
E. Hospitals and medical personnel.
area, though it is more common in lowland than in mountain
At the end of 1938 there were 25 hospitals in Mindanao and
districts. Eye diseases are also commonly prevalent in the area. It
in Sulu Province, exclusive of United States military and naval
is estimated that in Celebes alone there are at least 10,000 per-
hospitals. In general the hospitals were fairly well equipped and
sons who are blind or nearly so. The loss of vision is tue to trach-
able to offer a variety of services. Public health laboratories
oma, gonococcal ophthalmia, and syphilitic uveitis. Leprosy is
were maintained in the provinces with their facilities available
extremely common. Other miscellaneous diseases are smallpox,
free of charge. In every instance the hospitals, laboratories, and
diphtheria and tetanus, common in Borneo and Celebes, and
clinics were utilized fully and increased capacity was a constant
measles. Malnutrition and beriberi are common because of the
need. Almost all medical supplies were imported. The only
great poverty of the natives.
medicinal product available locally was totaquinine, a new qui-
nine preparation which was supposed to be very effective. In
B. Water.
North Borneo in 1939 there were 4 general hospitals under
In general there is an adequate supply of water available in
government direction. These were at Sandakan, Jesselton, Beau-
all parts of this area except the eastern part of the Jolo Island
fort, and Tawau. The medical department maintained a system
group of the Sulu Archipelago when the supply is sometimes in-
of dispensaries operated by native dressers which were scattered
adequate. All water should be regarded as potentially dangerous
throughout the rural areas. A special clinic for the treatment of
and should be boiled or chlorinated before use. Containers
venereal diseases was established at Sandakan. In 1940 there
should be kept clean, and ice made from local water supplies
was a total of 63 hospitals on the Celebes Islands, 28 in the
should not be used for drinks.
Government of Celebes, and 34 in the Government of Manado.
The larger of these were fully equipped with X-ray apparatus,
C. Sanitation.
surgical instruments, and laboratory facilities. The 5 hospitals
on Halmahera were poorly organized, poorly built, and inade-
In most of the area, excreta are disposed of directly to a
quately equipped. In some cases even the sanitary conditions
stream, to the ocean, or to the soil. In parts of the Sulu Archi-
were unsarisfactory. No information as to hospital facilities on
pelago, houses are built on stilts and all waste materials are
Sangihe and Talaud is available.
dropped through holes to the ground below. In the Philippines
There were 4,909 licensed physicians in the Philippines as of
a campaign was carried out for the provision of bored hole la-
1 January 1940. About 90% of these physicians were Filipinos,
trines and in 1937 it was estimated that there was 1 such latrine
and a great majority were graduates of the 4 local medical col-
for every 8 persons. No reliance should be placed on the avail-
leges. No reports are available for North Borneo after 1937,
ability of any sewage disposal facilities. Because of the preva-
but at that time the medical staff consisted of 6 European medi-
lence of enteric diseases, special attention must be paid to the
cal officers, and an auxiliary staff of nurses, midwives, and male
careful disposal of sewage by approved methods in order to safe-
dressers. In Celebes there were 41 physicians; in Halmahera 3
guard against pollution of water and soil and access by flies.
public health physicians and Indonesian nurses.
D. Public health.
F. Food.
It is impossible to consider the public health organization of
In general, the natives in this area are fairly well nourished,
the entire area, since each sector is only a small part of a larger
although they also suffer from the effects of inadequate nutri-
organization. The Philippine Government has made many ef-
tion, due either to poverty or to ignorance. The native diet is
forts to improve health conditions and its success has been re-
made up of fish, rice, leafy vegetables, and fruit. As a general
markable. At the end of 1938 there were 16 government hos-
rule, Americans and Europeans used imported foods, since lo-
pitals on Mindanao and the Sulu Archipelago and 2 semi-gov-
cally grown vegetables must be considered unsafe when cooked.
ernment hospitals supervised by the Bureau of Health. A large
In the Netherlands Indies there are some chickens, but they lay
Page I 30
BRIEF
very small eggs. Ducks are available in large numbers. There is
B. Organization.
little surplus milk and in every instance it should be boiled be-
(1) Administration.
fore consumption. Local cattle are often tubercular, and meat
The Celebes Sea Area is under the Southwest Area Fleet with
should be carefully inspected if it is used. The food supplies
headquarters at Singapore. This fleet is subdivided into 4 South-
should, as a general rule, be imported entirely.
ern Expeditionary Fleets each covering a defined area within
the Philippines-Indies-Malays region. The Thirteenth Air
G. Insects and animals.
Fleet is the Naval Air Arm of the Southwest Area Fleet.
Mosquitoes capable of transmitting malaria, filariasis, den-
Sector E, Northeast Borneo as defined in this study, is under
gue, and yellow fever are widely distributed throughout the ter-
the jurisdiction of the Twenty-second Base Force with head-
ritories surrounding the Celebes Sea. The 3 main species present
quarters at Balikpapan, which is a subdivision of the Second
are the Anopheles, Aedes, and Culex. Lice are common, particu-
Southern Expeditionary Force. The Third Southern Expedition-
larly in Borneo, Celebes, and Halmahera. Flies are found in
ary Force, covering the Philippines, is based at Manila. Under it,
large numbers and act as vectors of enteric diseases. Sandflies,
the Thirty-second Base Force, with headquarters at Davao, has
ticks, and mites are present, though they do not act as vectors.
jurisdiction over sectors C and D, Mindanao, and the Sulu Archi-
The oriental rat flea is the principal vector of plague and is
pelago, respectively. The recently organized Fourth Southern
present throughout the area. Rats are númerous and act as a
Expeditionary Fleet has as 1 of its subdivisions the Twenty-
reservoir of plague. Poisonous spiders must be guarded against
sixth Base Force with headquarters at Kaoe. The Twenty-sixth
constantly. The spectacled cobra, the king cobra, and the Philip-
Base Force has jurisdiction over Sector A, Halmahera, Sector B,
pine cobra are found in Mindanao and Sulu. The king cobra may
Sangihe-Talaud Islands, and Sector F, Northern Celebes.
be found in dense jungles near streams and sometimes in trees.
It is believed that administrative control of the Japanese
The spectacled cobra is the most deadly, and frequently enters
Army Air Service emanates from Manila, Specific details are
houses in search of rats on which it feeds. Kraits are common
not available.
throughout the Philippines. Other poisonous snakes are found
(2) Tactical.
but they seldom attack man. On Halmahera poisonous snakes
are rare. Crocodiles are found throughout the area and jungle
The Japanese Army Air Service is responsible for support of
animals are found on Borneo. Some fish are poisonous and
ground forces, bombing of forward allied bases, and local air
should not be eaten. Pests are everywhere present and will be
defense. Its employment is controlled by the senior Japanese
great nuisances if men aren't supplied with protective clothing.
field commander in the area. At present in the Philippines and
Netherlands East Indies, excluding Sumatra, the Fourth Air
Army is estimated to be exercising command over probably 2
air divisions, 2 air brigades, approximately 5 air regiments, and
19. Naval and Air Facilities
possibly 5 independent air squadrons.
The Naval Air Service executes long range reconnaissance,
The Celebes Sea Area is one of the most important Japanese
submarine patrol, shipping escort, attacks on Allied surface
defense zones. Loss of the area would make Japanese shipping
vessels, and local air defense under direction of the senior fleet
lanes south and southwest of Hong Kong and Formosa vulner-
commander in the area. It is believed that the Thirteenth Air
able to Allied sea and air attacks and would cut off sources of
Fleet now commands 1 air flotilla and approximately 7 or 8 air
material essential to the Japanese conduct of the war. The num-
groups in the Philippines and Netherlands East Indies exclud-
erous airfields on the islands bordering the Celebes Sea Area are
ing Sumatra.
vital to its defense and are important in strategic plans for de-
(3) Disposition of forces.
fense of Greater East Asia. A concentrated effort to strengthen
The normal strength of the naval base forces in the area is
and further develop both naval and air installations in the area
weak. Small naval garrisons are stationed at shore installations
may be expected.
and sea forces include only a few patrol and mine craft and
miscellaneous small coastal vessels. It is difficult to arrive at
A. History and development.
figures on naval air strength owing to the mobility of the Jap-
The Japanese advance into Netherlands East Indies early in
anese air forces and the continuing development of air facili-
1942 proceeded so rapidly that no particular effort was made to
ties. Estimates for the Philippines and Netherlands East Indies
develop naval facilities in Northeast Borneo, Northern Celebes,
excluding Sumatra, for the first quarter of 1944, fluctuated be-
tween a high of 498 and a low of 270 aircraft.
Mindanao, and Halmahera. Capture of the Singapore and Soura-
baya naval bases in February and March of 1942 fulfilled Jap-
C. Supply and maintenance.
anese needs for advanced naval bases and the development of
(1) Depots.
other installations was confined to the most forward areas.
Principal naval supply depots for fuel, munitions, and ma-
Until allied progress in New Guinea, in the Solomon Islands,
teriel in general are at Davao and Kaoe. Only minor repair fa-
and in the Marshalls coupled with increasing attacks on the Caro-
cilities are available throughout the area. No information is
lines and Mariannas, became a serious threat, the Japanese main-
available on the location of aircraft supply and maintenance
tained only very small forces in the Celebes Sea area. Since
depots.
January, 1944, constructive activity in connection with both
(2) Supply routes.
naval and air facilities has become intensive various points
Principal supply routes to and within the area are shown on
in the area.
the accompanying map. (FIGURE XII 1)
BRIEF
Page I 31
The air ferry route from Japan leads southwest by way of
Polloc Harbor, and Davao Gulf on Mindanao Island; West
Formosa and the northern Philippines to Del Monte and Davao
Tawitawi Bay and Tutu Bay in the Sulu Archipelago.
on Mindanao Island, thence to Menado on Celebes Island and
from there to delivery points in the Netherlands Indies.
E. Air facilities.
D. Naval facilities.
The Celebes Sea Area as a whole is eminently suited to sea-
Within the Celebes Sea area there are no naval bases or sta-
plane operations. Most of the islands in and surrounding it are
tions which may be properly so-called. Kaoe and Davao are
suitable for construction of airfields and landing grounds and
headquarters of Japanese base forces but facilities at those points
many such facilities have been developed, formerly by commer-
are limited. Several bays and harbors are regarded as potential
cial airline companies and, since the occupation, by the Japan-
naval bases possible of extensive development. These include
ese. The following tables list seaplane facilities, airfields, land-
the Wasile-Kaoe Bay on Halmahera Island; Dumanquilas Bay,
ing grounds, and possible airfield sites in the area.
TABLE I 4
SEAPLANE FACILITIES
Sector A: Halmabera
NAME AND COORDINATES
CLASSIFICATION
LOCATION
DIMENSIONS
REMARKS
1. Ternate 0° 46' N,
S.A.A.
Just east of Ternate 1. off west
Unlimited runs north to
Fair shelter and anchorage; 4
127° 23' E
coast of Halmahera.
south and northeast to
mooring buoys and a slipway re-
southwest.
ported; dispersal for 20 aircraft;
other facilities.
2. Berri Berri 2° 23' N, E.S.A.A.
Off northeast coast of Morotai I. No data.
Sheltered by reefs and Tabailengi
128° 40' E
Island.
3. Bobane Bay 0° 52° N, E.S.A.A.
At the head of Kaoe Bay.
No data.
Sheltered anchorage for several
127° 41' E
seaplanes.
4. Bori Island 0° 35' N, E.S.A.A.
Between a small island and the No data.
Reported as a good concealment
127° 36' E
mainland of Batjan Island.
area.
5. Galela Lake 1° 49' N, E.S.A.A.
Near town of Galela on north- No data.
Invisible from sea. Best anchorage
127° 49' E
ern peninsula of Halmahera Is-
on east side of lake. Use of buoys
land.
is advised.
6. Groot Geelmulden
E.S.A.A.
Across Obi Strait, 351/2 miles No data.
Anchorage at north end of aroll.
Atoll 1° 04' S,
northeast of Obi Major.
128° 15' E
7. Labohea 0° 39' N.
E.S.A.A.
In Awanggo Bay, at head of La- No data.
No details.
127° 28' E
boeha Bay, just southwest of the
town.
8. Lebessan Island
E.S.A.A.
In a small bay off the east coast No data.
No details.
3° 29' N.
of Sangihe Island, 128 miles
125° 39' E
north-northeast of the northeast
tip of Celebes Island.
9. Moeilijk 0° 34' N, E.S.A.A.
Atoll, 15 miles east of Halma- No data.
A hiding place on west side of
128° 22' E
hera Island.
Moeilijk Atoll.
10. Sololo Bay 0° 48' N, E.S.A.A.
At head of Boeli Bay.
No data.
Reported hiding place.
128° 13' E
11. Tahoena 3° 36' N,
E.S.A.A.
Off west coast of Sangibe Is- No data.
Open to northwest monsoon. Pier
125° 29' E
land.
and radio station available.
12. Talawide 2° 41' N, E.S.A.A.
Reported in a lake on Siace Is- No data.
No details.
125° 24' E
land at center of Sangibe Islands.
Page I 32
BRIEF
TABLE 1. 4 (Continued)
NAME AND COORDINATES
CLASSIFICATION
LOCATION
DIMENSIONS
REMARKS
13. Tifore Island
E.S.A.A.
In Laboehan Bay on east coast of No data.
Maneuvering in bay not possible.
0° 58' N,
Tifore Island.
Planes can be beached.
126° 09' E
14. Tobelo 1° 44' N,
E.S.A.A.
Just north-northeast of Tobelo; No data.
Two landing stages. Planes can be
128° 01' E
berween Tobelo Island and Hal-
beached.
mahera Island.
15. Wasile Bay
E.S.A.A.
In northern part of Kaoe Bay, No data.
Mooring area adjacent to north or
1° 12' N,
on northeast peninsula of Hal-
south shore according to prevail-
128° 08' E
mahera Island.
ing monsoon.
16. Weda Bay 0° 19' N, E.S.A.A.
Just south of Weda at head of No data.
No details.
127° 52' E
Weda Bay.
Sector C: Mindanao
17. Malalag Bay 6° 36' N, S.A.A.
In
southwest
part
of
Davao
Gulf,
Four
miles
long,
north-
Bolton reef at middle of entrance
125° 25' E.
2 miles north of Baculing Hills,
west to southeast; 11/2
to bay an obstruction; depths 6 to
58 miles northwest of Cape miles wide.
30 feet; mooring for 4 PBYs; sev-
Agustin.
eral sandy beaches suitable for
hauling out.
18. Zamboanga Harbor
S.A.A.
Just south of town of Zamboan- No data.
Sheltered from northeast mon-
6° 54' N,
8ª at southwest tip of Mindanao
soons; depths 6 to 30 feet; good
122° 05' E
Island.
anchorage near wharf in 28 feet;
minor repairs and accommodations
at Zamboanga.
19. Bugo 8° 30' N,
E.S.A.A.
In Macajalar Bay.
No data.
Small craft available.
124° 45' E
20. Davao Gulf
E.S.A.A.
In Davao Gulf, 4 miles east of
Runs of 5% miles in any
Limited shelter; minor repairs and
7° 06' N,
Samal Island.
direction.
fuel.
125° 39' E
21. Dapitan Bay
E.S.A.A.
West of Dapitan town in the
Runs of 21/4 miles in any
No details.
8° 39' N,
bay off north end of west penin-
direction.
123° 24' E
sula of Mindanao Island.
22. Hinatuan Bay
E.S.A.A.
In the bay west of Hinatuan
Two and one-half miles
No
other
details.
8° 21' N,
Village on west side of Minda-
east to west; 11/2 miles
126° 21' E
não Island.
north to south.
23. Igat Bay 7° 35' N,
E.S.A.A.
On south side of west peninsula
Three miles north to south;
No
details.
123° 10' E
of Mindanao; on east arm of
3 miles east to west.
Dumanquilas Bay.
24. Isabela 6° 42' N,
E.S.A.A.
In Isabela Channel between Ma-
No data.
No details.
121° 58' E
lamaui and Basilan Islands.
25. Lake Buluan
E.S.A.A.
About 38 miles west of Davao No
data.
No details.
6° 41' N,
Gulf and 45 miles north of Sa-
124° 48' E
rangani Bay.
26. Lake Lanao
E.S.A.A.
Near the center of Mindanao Is-
Runs of over 5 miles in
No
other
details.
7° 59' N,
land.
any direction.
124° 21' E
27. Masinloc Anchorage
E.S.A.A.
In the channel berween Sacol
Run of 3 miles northeast
No
other
6° 55' N,
details.
and Mindanao Islands.
to southwest.
122° 10" E
28. Murcielagos Bay
E.S.A.A.
In Casul Bay, the south arm of
Runs 12,000 feet north to
No
other
8° 35° N,
details.
Murcielagos Bay, off the north
south; 8,000 feet north-
123° 34' E
tip of the west peninsula of Min-
northease to south-south-
danao.
west.
29. Nasipit Harbor
E.S.A.A.
In Nasipit Harbor west and
One mile north to south; No other
8° 59' N,
details.
southwest of Nasipit town, 10
3,000 feet northeast to
125° 20' E
miles southeast of Diuata Point.
southwest.
30. Polloc Harbor
E.S.A.A.
On the west side of Mindanao
7° 22' N,
Two miles north to south, No other details.
Island, just west of Parang.
3 miles ease to west.
124° 14' E
BRIEF
Page I 33
TABLE I 4 (Continued)
NAME AND COORDINATES
CLASSIFICATION
LOCATION
DIMENSIONS
REMARKS
31. Port Banga
E.S.A.A.
On east side of the southwest
7° 32' N,
Three miles northeast to No other details.
peninsula of Mindanao Island;
southwest.
122° 27' E
separated from Sibuguey Bay by
Linguisan Point.
32. Port Holland
E.S.A.A.
Just northeast of Port Holland
6° 33' N,
Long runs available.
No other details.
in Malusu Bay, 4 miles south-
121° 52' E
east of Pangasahan Hill, 929 feet
elevation.
33. Port Lamon
E.S.A.A.
West of the wharf on north side
Two miles east to west.
No other details.
8° 28' N,
of the bay.
126° 23' E
34. Port Lebak
E.S.A.A.
In Port Lebuk on southwest part
Over 1 mile east to west
No
other
details.
6° 32' N,
of Mindanao Island.
and north to south.
124° 03' E
35. Port Misamis
E.S.A.A.
In Port Misamis on north cen-
No data.
No details.
8° 08' N,
tral part of Mindanao, 12 miles
123° 50' E
southeast of Mount Malindang,
elevation 8,950 feet.
36. Port Santa Maria
E.S.A.A.
On west coast of Zamboanga No data.
No details.
7° 46' N,
Peninsula, northeast of Mount
122° 06' E
Santa Maria, elevation 646 feet.
37. Port Sibulan
E.S.A.A.
In Tantalang Bay at the head of
Three miles cast to west No other details.
7° 31' N,
Port Sibulan, east of Naga Naga,
and north to south.
122° 55' E
on south side of the west penin-
sula of Mindanao Island.
38. Taba Bay 7° 32' N. E.S.A.A.
In Taba Bay north of Lumaro,
One mile northeast to No details.
122° 49' E
about 2 miles southwest of
southwest; 21/2 miles north-
Mount Sibuguey, elevation 1,050
west to southeast.
feet.
Sector D: Sulu Archipelago
39. Banaran Island
E.S.A.A.
Off northeast side of island No data.
Good shelter from nearly all
5° 01' N,
which is in Tawitawi group.
weather.
120° 08' E
40. Baru Batu Bay
E.S.A.A.
Off the south coast of Tawitawi No data.
No details.
5° 04' N,
Island on east side of bay at New
119° 53° E
Batu Batu.
41. Capual Channel
E.S.A.A.
In Capual Channel north of
Three miles east-southeast
Open
to
the
southwest.
6° 01' N,
Liangliang on Jolo Island.
to west-northwest.
121° 24' E
42. Jolo Harbor
E.S.A.A.
Near the wharf in Jolo Harbor Three thousand feet in all Facilities for minor repairs.
6° 04' N,
on the northwest coast of Jolo
directions.
121° 00' E
Island.
43. Luuk Sula Bay
E.S.A.A.
At the head of Luuk Sula Bay
One mile east to west and
No other details.
5° 03' N,
on south coast of Tawitawi Is-
I mile east-northeast to
119° 52' E
land, about 1 mile north of Pa-
west-southwest.
tong Point.
44. Maraning Bay
E.S.A.A.
Off northwest coast of Tawitawi
No data.
No details.
5° 15' N,
Island, 314 miles southwest of
120° 02' E
Languyan Point.
45. Port Bongao
E.S.A.A.
North of Bongao Island, south of
One mile east-northeast to
Run could extend 2 miles into
5° 02' N,
Sanga Sanga Island, west of Pa-
west-southwest.
Chongos Bay. Radio station at
119° 46' E
pahag Island.
Bongao.
46. Port Languyan
E.S.A.A.
In Port Languyan on the cen-
No data.
Reported an excellent alighting
5° 16' N,
tral northwest coast of Tawi-
area; bordered by a mangrove
120° 04' E
tawi Island.
swamp, with some beach frontage.
47. Siburu Island
E.S.A.A.
In the north lagoon of the is- No data.
Ample room for landings and take-
4° 48' N,
land.
offs reported.
119° 22' E
Page I 34
BRIEF
TABLE 1-4 (Continued)
NAME AND COORDINATES
CLASSIFICATION
LOCATION
DIMENSIONS
REMARKS
48. Tataan Pass
E.S.A.A.
Berween Tataan Island and Ta-
Two
miles
north
to
south,
There are two reefs in the pass
5° 11' N,
witawi Island.
3 miles northeast to south-
about
½
mile
offshore.
119° 55' E
west.
Sector E: Northeast Borneo
49. Abai River
E.S.A.A.
On the Abai River about 11/2 No data.
No details.
6° 22" N,
miles inland and about 5 miles
116° 21' E
west-northwest of Kota Belud,
on north side of east-west reach.
50. Ambong Bay
E.S.A.A.
Five miles southwest of the No data.
Well-sheltered.
6° 19' N,
Abai River on norchwest coast
116° 18' E
of British North Borneo.
51. Balambangan Island
E.S.A.A.
In Lung Bay on east coast of is-
No data.
No details.
7° 17" N,
land which is west of Banguey
117° 01' E
Island.
52. Balung River
E.S.A.A.
Nineteen miles east of Tawao,
Two reaches 114 miles by
No
details.
4° 18' N,
15 miles due west of Cowie Har-
600 feet lying east to west
118° 11' E
bor.
and north to south.
53. Boeaja 1° 26' N,
E.S.A.A.
Off the northeast coast of a large
No data.
No details.
118° 27' E
headland on the east coast of
Borneo.
54. Cowie Harbor
E.S.A.A.
In Coal Mine Reach, on east Area unlimited.
Well-sheltered.
4° 15' N,
coast of Borneo.
117° 50° E
55. Jesselton
E.S.A.A.
Between Gaya Island and Jessel- No data.
Some repair facilities, a pier, and a
5° 59' N,
ton Harbor on northwest coast
crane. Occasionally used by both
116° 05' E
of British North Borneo.
civil and military aircraft prior to
Japanese invasion.
56. Kinabatagen River
E.S.A.A.
Thirty-six miles east of Sandakan No data.
No details.
5° 37" N,
and 2½ miles souchwest of
118° 35° E
Driftwood Point.
57. Kudar 6° 53' N,
E.S.A.A.
About 1/2 mile west of Kudat No data.
Two mooring buoys. No evidence
116° 51' E
wharf on west side of an inlet on
of use by Japanese since occupation
north end of the west arm of
in January 1942.
North Borneo.
58. Kalumpang River
E.S.A.A.
Thirty-two miles east of Tawau,
No data.
No details.
4° 20' N,
I mile north of Kalumpang and
118° 21' E
in the river east of Mangrove
Island where the stream divides.
59. Labuan 5° 17' N,
E.S.A.A.
In Victoria Harbor on south-
Approximately 6,000 feet
115° 15' E
Two moorings, I pier. Fuel and oil
east coast of Labuan Island.
in all directions.
storage facilities. RAF flying boats
operated from here. No evidence
of Japanese use or development.
60. Lahad Datu
E.S.A.A.
West of Jerry at Lahad Datu in
No data.
5° 02' N,
Good anchorage.
Darvel Bay on southeast coast
118° 20' E
of North Borneo.
61. Maruap River
E.S.A.A.
Northwest of Evans Island off
5° 25' N,
Described as ample alight-
No details.
extreme northease coast of Bor-
ing area,
118° 16' E
neo.
62. Mitford Harbor
E.S.A.A.
Near south coast of Banggi Is-
No data.
7° 08' N,
No details.
land off the north coase of Bor-
117° 07' E
neo. Exact location unknown.
63. Papar 5° 45' N,
E.S.A.A.
In the lower reach of Papar Riv-
No
data.
115° 55' E
No details.
er, about 20 miles south-south-
west of Jesselcon on the north-
west coast of Borneo. Near the
Jesselton-Linkungan Railroad,
BRIEF
Page I 35
TABLE 1.4 (Continued)
NAME AND COORDINATES
CLASSIFICATION
LOCATION
DIMENSIONS
REMARKS
64. Sandakan
E.S.A.A.
In the harbor % mile west- No data.
No moorings. Limited repair facili-
5° 49' N,
southwest of the government
ties. Slipway available but unsuit-
118° 07' E
pier.
able for large aircraft. Fuel and oil
available but location of storage
unknown.
65. Tarakan 3° 16' N,
E.S.A.A.
Off the southwest coast of Tara- No data.
Sheltered. Gasoline and oil avail-
117° 36' E
kan Island just east of the town.
able. Facilities for minor repairs.
66. Timbu Nata
E.S.A.A.
Off the south coast of Timbu No data.
No details.
4° 34' N,
Mata Island just south of Darvel
118° 32' E
Bay.
Sector F: Northern Celebes
67. Amoerang Bay
E.S.A.A.
In southwest part of Amoerang Three and one-half miles No other details.
1° 12' N,
Bay, just north of Amoerang on
in any direction.
124° 34' E
the northeast coast of Celebes
Island.
68. Bangka Strait
E.S.A.A.
In southwest part of Bangka
Reported
unlimited.
Well-sheltered.
1° 41' N,
Strait, just north of Likoepang.
125° 03' E
69. Belang Harbor
E.S.A.A.
In Belang Harbor just northeast No
data.
Sheltered anchorage.
0° 57' N,
of Belang.
124° 47' E
70. Dampelas Lake
E.S.A.A.
In Dampelas Lake on Dampelas
No
data.
No details.
0° 11' N,
Cape, southeast of Makassar
119° 52° E
Strait, just southeast of Sabang
village.
71. Danau Lake
E.S.A.A.
In southwest corner of Danau No
data.
Surrounded by mountains.
0° 46' N,
Lake, just south of Kotamo-
124° 28' E
bagoe.
72. Gorontalo Bay
E.S.A.A.
In Gorontalo Bay just south of No data.
No details.
0° 28' N,
Gorontalo on the south coast of
123° 03' E
Menado Peninsula.
73. Kakas 1° 11' N,
E.S.A.A.
In the southwest corner of Lake No
data.
Fuel and oil available. Mooring
124° 53' E
Tondano, 4 miles northease of
buoys believed present.
Langoan.
74. Koeandang Bay
E.S.A.A.
On the east side of Koeandang No data.
No details.
0° 51' N,
Bay on the north shore of Ma-
122° 54' E
nado Residency.
75. Lembeh Strait
E.S.A.A.
In the south part of Lembeh
Three miles northeast to
No
details.
1° 26' N,
Strait between the northeast
southwest and 1/4 to %
125° 11' E
coast of Celebes and Lembeh Is-
mile wide.
land.
76. Limboto Lake
E.S.A.A.
On the south side of Limboto No data.
No details.
0° 35' N,
Lake on the south central part of
122° 58' E
the north peninsula of Celebes
Island.
77. Manado Bay
E.S.A.A.
In Manado Bay just north of No data.
Four mooring buoys. Unprotected.
1° 30' N,
Manado.
124° 50' E
78. Santigi Bay
E.S.A.A.
In Santigi Bay on north coast of No data.
Alighting area is east to west.
1° 20' N,
Celebes.
120° 55° E
79. Talise Island
E.S.A.A.
Reported at Talise Island, 10 No data.
No details.
1° 52' N,
miles north of north tip of Cele-
125° 05' E
bes Island.
80. Tasoeka 1° 11' N,
E.S.A.A.
Also in southwest corner of No data.
Fuel and oil available. Moorings
124° 54' E
Lake Tondano.
believed present.
Page I 36
BRIEF
TABLE I 4 (Continued)
NAME AND COORDINATES
CLASSIFICATION
LOCATION
DIMENSIONS
REMARKS
81. Telok Pagalongian
E.S.A.A.
On the south side of Dondo Bay No
data.
No details.
0° 50° N,
about 2 miles north of Boeloe-
120° 34' E
tong.
82. Tolitoli Bay
E.S.A.A.
Just north of Kampoengbaroe No data.
Small jetty, beaching facilities, 3
1° 03' N,
town, northeast of Dondo Bay.
mooring buoys, and a radio sta-
120° 48' E
tion formerly available.
83. Tondano Lake
E.S.A.A.
On Tondano Lake which lies No data.
Anchorages at Tasoeka, Kakas, and
1° 17' N,
near the tip of Manado penin-
Tondano.
124° 55' E
sula.
TABLE I 5
AIRFIELDS AND LANDING GROUNDS
Sector A: Halmabera
NAME AND COORDINATES
CLASSIFICATION
LOCATION
DIMENSIONS
REMARKS
1. Galela 1° 52' N,
MAD
On Galela Plain, 3% miles north-
No. 1 runway, 4,500 by
Extensive dispersal system. Capac-
127° 49' E
west of Galela on northern penin-
250 feet northeast to
ity, 158 bombers, 100 fighters.
sula of Halmahera Island.
southwest. No. 2 runway
Field still under construction.
4,700 by 290 feet, north-
Buildings nearby. Extensible
east to southwese.
2. Lolobata 1° 17' N,
MAD
On the north coast of Lolobata
Runway 4,600 by 500 feet
Ample dispersal. Capacity, 34
128° 06' E
Cape on west side of northeast
north-northeast to south-
bombers, 10 fighters. Field re-
peninsula of Halmahera 1, 21/2
southwest.
ported in excellent condition.
miles northwest of Lolobata.
3. Miti 1° 34' N,
MAD
On the northwest side of Miti Is-
Runway 4,600 by 350 feet
Capacity, 95 bombers, 40 fighters.
128° 04' E
land close off the east coast of the
north to south.
Thirty-five unprotected bomber dis-
north peninsula of Halmahera Is-
persal points. Reported serviceable
land.
in all weather.
4. Kaoe 1° 11' N,
FLG
One and one-half miles west of
Runway No. 1, 4,500 feet
Capacity, 50 bombers, 80 fighters.
127° 53' E
Kaoe, just east of Kaoe River, on
north to south; No. 2,
Field tends to become water-log-
the north coast of Kaoe Bay.
3,600 by 300 feer north to
ged, landings possible only on run-
south, 4,000 feet north-
ways. Several buildings near run-
east of No. 1.
way.
5. Laboeha 0° 38' S,
ELG
Approximately 1 mile east-south-
Length of runway, north-
127° 29' E
Estimated capacity reported as 25
east of Laboeha on Batjan Island,
east to southwest, un-
bombers, 25 fighters. Site may of-
west of the south end of the south
known.
fer possibilities of expansion and
peninsula of Halmahera Island.
further development.
6. Oba 0° 45' N,
FLG
Just east of Sofifi on west central
Runway 3,400 feet north-
127° 34' E
Estimated capacity, 10 bombers, 15
coast of Halmahera Island.
west to southwest with no
fighters. Ample room for construc-
flight gaps.
tion of dispersal facilities. Runway
extensible to possibly 6,000 feet.
7. Pitoe (Doroeba)
MLG
Just east of Doroeba on southern-
Approximately 5,000 feet
2° 03' N,
Reported still under construction.
most tip of Morotai Island, 10
northeast to southwest.
128° 18' E
miles east of north end of the north-
Dispersal for 5 bombers, 5 fighters
observed.
ern peninsula of Halmahera Island.
Sector C: Mindanao
8. Davao 7° 07' N,
FAD
Six miles north of Davao, 7 miles
125° 39' E
Runways 3,346 by 164
south of Bunawan on west side of
North-south runway paved. Serv-
feet north to south; 2,624
Davao-Bunawan highway.
iceable in all-weather. One hangar
feet northeast to south-
reported. Ample area and cover for
west.
dispersal.
9. Davao-Cabaguio
FAD
Three miles north-northease of Da-
Runway 2,850 feer north
7° 06' N,
vao, on south side of the Davao to
Ample cover for dispersal; 1 hang-
to south.
125° 37' E
Bunawan highway.
ar. Strip 2,640 by 66 feet reported
paved.
10. Alah River
ELG
Just south of Sapali Barrio on east
6° 16' N,
Runway approximately
bank of Alah River. Estimated ele-
Good cover nearby. No other de-
1,250 by 125 feet, exten-
124° 44' E (approx.)
tails.
vation 1,200 feet.
sible.
BRIEF
Page I 37
TABLE I , (Continued)
NAME AND COORDINATES
CLASSIFICATION
LOCATION
DIMENSIONS
REMARKS
11. Barobo 8° 32' N,
FLG
Four miles west of Barobo barrio;
Runway 3,328 by 197 feet
Field soft after rains but drainage
126° 05' E
7½ miles south of Lianga near
east to west.
good. Near road from Barobo to
southwest shore of Lianga Bay.
Tambis. Accommodations at Tam-
bis Mining Company.
12. Bassa Point
ELG
Near Bassa Point on north tip of
Approximately
2,000
by
No
details.
7° 10' N,
Samal Island in Davao Gulf.
500 feet.
125° 44' E (approx.)
13. Bual 6° 04' N,
ELG
Two and one-half miles south of
Estimated 750 by 50 feet.
Some cover nearby.
125° 08' E (approx.)
Makar River mouth near west
No other details.
shore of Sarangani Bay.
14. Buenavista (San
MLG
At Risal barrio 21/2 miles south of
Reported 5,249 by 328
Field has clay surface with a central
Jose de Buenavista)
Buenavista on Butuan Bay; 10
feet north-northease
to
gravelled strip 2 inches thick and
8° 56' N,
miles west of Butuan.
south-southwest.
75 feet wide. Drainage poor. Soft
125° 23' E
in wet weather.
15. Buluan 6° 42' N,
HLG
At east edge of town of Buluan just
Reported 5,249 by 328
Field sodded, sandy loam, all-weath-
124° 47' E
northwest of Lake Buluan.
feet east to west.
er. Cover available. Camouflage
nets and pens built in 1942. Philip-
pine Constabulary barracks nearby.
16. Buruan 8° 57' N,
ELG
On west edge of town of Buruan in
North to south 1,950 by
Surface is sodded clay loam. Possi-
125° 31' E
Agusan Province near west bank of
195 feet.
bly extensible. Ample cover. Ac-
Agusan River.
cess by road and waterway. Tele-
phone and telegraph in town.
17. Buruan-Bancase
FLG
Three miles south of Butuan Bay at
Reported 2,427 by 98 feet
Reported paved. Access by road
8° 57' N,
barrio of Bancase, 4 miles west of
northwest to southeast.
and waterway. Barracks at adjacent
125° 28' E
Butuan.
Philippine military reservation.
18. Cagayan 8° 29' N,
MLG
Two miles west of Cagayan on the
Runways 4,265 by 328
Considered an all-weather field for
124° 38' E
Cagayan to El Salvador highway,
northwest to southeast, 3,-
fighter aircraft. Abundant cover
21/2 miles south of Macajalar Bay.
609 by 328 feet north to
nearby. Road transportation to
south.
dock at Cagayan. Buildings avail-
able.
19. Corabato 7° 12' N,
FLG
At barrio of Kakar 2 miles south of
Runway 2,625 by 164 feer
Reported enlarged and in active
124° 14' E
Cotabato.
northwest to southeast.
use. Sodded hard ground, slightly
rolling. Reported all-weather. Am-
ple cover nearby. Buildings avail-
able.
20. Dadiangas 6° 08' N, ELG
At barrio of Dadiangas berween
Reported 1,969 by 164
Level and sandy, all-weather. Two
125° 10' E
Silvay and Makar river mouths, 1
feet northwest to southeast.
new runways, each 3,281 by 328
mile north of Sarangani Bay.
feet, were under construction in
1941.
21. Davao-Ipil
ELG
Three miles northeast of Davao at
Reported 1,626 by 189'
Grass surface. Ample cover nearby.
7° 06' N,
the south entrance to Pakiputan
north to south.
125° 38' E
Strait.
22. Del Monte No. 1
HLG
Fifteen miles southeast of Cagayan,
Reported 7,000 by 600
All-weather, suitable for all types
8° 21' N,
on west bank near headquarters of
feet northeast to southwest.
of aircraft. Ample area for dis-
124° 49' E (approx.)
second south triburary to Tagoloan
Elevation estimated 1,500
persal but with little cover.
River.
feet.
23. Del Monte No. 2
FLG
At Del Monte Club 2 miles west of
Runways 3,300 by 300
Sodded hard ground. All-weather.
8° 20' N,
Tankulan, 2 miles southwest of Del
feet north to south, 2,200
Ample dispersal area with limited
124° 47' E
Monte No. 1. Eleveation 1,200 feet.
by 300 feet east to west.
cover.
24. Del Monte No. 3
HLG
One-half mile west of Daling Bar-
Reported 6,000 by 200
Surface of sod, all-weather for all
8° 20" N,
rio, 8 miles east of Del Monte No.
feet north to south.
types. Slope to south. Good cover
124° 54' E (approx.)
1. Elevation estimated 1,500 feet.
for small aircraft.
25. Del Monte No. 4
HLG
Near Impasugong barrio, 15 miles
Reported 6,200 by 300
Sodded. Suitable in all-weather for
8° 16' N,
southeast of Del Monte No. 1. Es-
feet north to south.
all types of aircraft. Limited cover
124° 59' E (approx.)
timated elevation 1,800 feet.
for dispersal.
26. Del Monte No. 5
MLG
On west bank near headwaters of
Two east to west runways,
Good cover available for dispersal.
(Palais) 8° 21' N,
second south tributary to Tagoloan
adjacent, each 5,000 by
No other information.
124° 49" E (approx.)
River, 1 mile south of Del Monte
300 feet.
No. 1.
Page I 38
BRIEF
TABLE 1. 5 (Continued)
NAME AND COORDINATES
CLASSIFICATION
LOCATION
DIMENSIONS
REMARKS
27. Del Monte No. 6
MLG
Near Del Monte Club, 2½ miles
Reported 5,000 by 300
Turf, all-weather. Good cover for
(Tigiptip)
southwest of Del Monte No. 1. Es-
feet north to south.
dispersal.
8° 21' N,
timated elevation 1,500 feet.
124° 47' E (approx.)
28. Del Monte No. 7
HIG
One mile south of Del Monte No.
Reported 6,200 by 300
Turf, all-weather, for all types of
8° 21' N,
1. Estimated elevation 1,500 feet.
feet northeast to south-
aircraft. At least 1 bombproof
124° 49' E (approx.)
west.
hangar in mountain at south end of
field.
29. Del Monte No. 8
FLG
One mile northeast of Dalirig near
Reported 4,000 by 300
Grassy sod, all-weather, drainage
8° 21' N,
Agusan-Impasugong Road; 8 miles
feet north to south.
presumably good. Good cover for
124° 54' E (approx.)
east of Del Monte No. 1.
fighter aircraft nearby. Road and
telephone communication.
30. Dipolog 8° 36' N, HLG
One mile north of Dipolog: 9 miles
Reported 6,562 by 197
Sodded, all-weather for all types of
123° 21' E
south-southwest of Tagolo Point.
feet northeast to south-
aircraft. Good drainage. Dispersal
west.
for 9 heavy bombers, 25 fighters.
Paved road to Puluan port.
31. Gingoog 8° 49' N, FLG
Three and one-half miles south of
Runway 3,400 by 150 feet
Sodded ground, soft after rain. Dis-
125° 06' E
Gingoog on Gingoog Bay on north
northeast to southwest.
persal for 25 fighter aircraft. Stand-
coast of Mindanao Island.
and gauge railroad to deep water
port at Anakan.
32. Iligan 8° 15' N,
FLG
About 1,000 feet north of Mandu-
Runway 4,000 by 300 feet
Grass surface, soft in wet weather.
124° 15' E
lug River mouth on Iligan Bay, 1
east to west.
Ample cover nearby.
mile north of Iligan.
33. Kabacan 7° 09' N, ELG
One and one-half miles south of
Approximately
750
by
Believed wet and dangerous. Am-
124° 49' E (approx.)
Pulangi and Kabacan River junc-
150 feet.
ple cover nearby.
tions near Kabacan.
34. Kibawe 7° 30' N,
ELG
At Kibawe, 51 miles southeast of
Runway 2,624 by 246 feet
Sodded clay loam, all-weather. Am-
124° 59' E
Lake Lanao, 52 miles northwest of
north to south.
ple cover nearby.
Davao.
35. Labo 8° 11' N,
MLG
Near Labo barrio, 4 miles north-
Reported 4,642 by 328
Grass sod on sandy loam. All-
123° 49' E (approx.)
west of Misamis at the southwest
feet.
weather. Suitable for all types of
end of Iligan Bay.
aircraft. Ample cover. Paved road
to Port Misamis.
36. Dansalan-Maguire
FLG
At Camp Keithley, 1/2 mile north-
Runways 2,297 by 180 feet
Sodded, all-weather, good drainage,
8° 01' N,
west of Lake Lanao, 2 miles west of
north to south; 2,297 by
2.2% down-grade to south. Mili-
124° 17' E
Dansalan. Elevation 2,455 feet.
164 feet northwest to
tary barracks and other buildings at
southeast.
Camp Keithley.
37. Makar 6° 06' N,
ELG
On west shore near north end of
Reported 1,950 by 651
Smooth, sandy turf. Limited cover
125° 09' E
Sarangani Bay, near Makar River
feet.
nearby.
mouth and Makar Barrio.
38. Malabang 7° 38' N, HLG
Three miles north of Malabang on
Runways 7,500 by 300
Smooth sand, all-weathe?. Also re-
124° 04' E
north shore of Illana Bay in south
feet east to west, 4,500 by
ported as grass on coral base. Ex-
Mindanao Island.
300 feet north to south.
tensive natural cover.
39. Malangas 7° 36' N, ELG
Near Malangas barrio in Zamboan-
Approximately 1,500 by
Sodded, possibly extensible. Ample
123° 02' E (approx.)
ga Province, on west shore of Du-
200 feet.
cover nearby. Waterway and roads
manquilas Bay.
to Zamboanga. Radio and tele-
graph in Malangas.
40. Malaybalay
FLG
At Mamala barrio, 2 miles west of
Runways, 2,370 by 300
Sodded loam, all-weather, excellent
8° 02' N,
Malaybalay; elevation 2,050 feet.
feet northwest to south-
125° 06' E
drainage. Suitable for light aircraft.
east; 3,400 by 300 feet
Near road to Davao, Del Monte,
northeast to southwese.
and Cagayan.
41. Maramag No. 1
FLG
Just south of Maramag, 53 miles
Reported 3,000 by 300
7° 44' N,
Grass surface, soft after heavy rain
east-sourheast of Maguire Field on
feet east to west.
125° 00' E
but drainage good. Used in 1942
Lake Lanso. Elevation 1,550 feet.
by P-40s and B-25s.
42. Maramag No. 2
MLG
Near Maramag about 500 feet east
Reported 5,000 by 250
7° 44' N,
of Maramag No. 1.
Grass surface, soft after heavy rain
feet north-northwest to
125° 00' E (approx.)
but drainage good. Used in 1942
south-southeast.
by P-40s and B-25s.
BRIEF
Page I 39
TABLE I 5 (Continued)
NAME AND COORDINATES
CLASSIFICATION
LOCATION
DIMENSIONS
REMARKS
43. Maramag No. 3
HLG
7° 43' N,
Two miles south of Maramag No.
Runways
6,000
by
500
1.
During April, 1943, a 3-inch
125° 01' E (approx.)
feet east-northease, 4,000
gravel surface was being laid on
by 500 feet north to south.
the north to south runway.
44. Maraut River (Pan- ELG
In wooded canyon on bank of Ma-
tukan) 7° 19' N,
Reported 3,000 by 197
Area limited by canyon. Upgrade
raut River near Pantukan, 20 miles
feet east to west.
125° 57° E
to east, landings from west and
northease of Bassa Point on Samal
take-offs from east only. Sodded
Island in Davao Gulf.
clay loam. Good cover.
45. Midsayap 7° 10' N, FLG
Three miles south of Midsayap, 5
Reported 5,249 by 328
124° 32' E (approx.)
Drainage poor. Good cover avail-
miles southease of Lake Labas. Es-
feet east to west.
able.
timated elevation 200 feet.
46. Mount Maturum
MLG
Seven miles northwest of Mount
Reported 4,921 by 262
6° 26' N,
Level and rolled with gravel. Soft
Maturum in Cotabato Province, 18
feet north to south.
when wer. Hills to south. Best ap-
124° 58' E (approx.)
miles southeast of Lake Buluan. Es-
proach from north. Only cover at
timated elevation 1,500 feet.
north end of field.
47. Pikit 7° 04' N.
ELG
One mile north of Pikit-Pagalun-
Approximately 700 by
Possibly extensible. Limited cover.
124° 40' E (approx.)
gan barrio, 35 miles east-southeast
200 feet north to south.
of the mouth of Mindanao River.
48. Placer-Badas
ELG
Near barrio of Basas, 2½ miles
Runways, 2,625 by 164
All-weather. Northeast to south-
9° 38' N,
west of Plaur, 7 miles north of
feet east to west, 2,297 by
west runway paved, east to west
125° 33' E
Mainit Lake.
98 feet northeast to south-
runway soft when wet. Ample
west.
cover. Buildings. Access by road
and waterway.
49. Santa Cruz
ELG
Eight miles north-northeast of San-
Reported 2,600 by 650
Limited cover nearby. No other de-
6° 56' N,
ta Cruz, 14 miles southwest' of Da-
feet.
tails.
125° 25' E
vao.
50. Valencia No. 1.
MLG
Two miles north of Valencia Bar-
Reported 5,280 by 900
Sodded clay loam. Serviceable in all-
7° 50° N,
rio, 14 miles south of Malaybalay.
feet north to south.
weather. Good cover nearby.
125° 05' E,
Elevation 1,032 feet.
(Based on AAF
chart 855 AI)
51. Valencia No. 2
MLG
Near Mailag, 4 miles north of Va-
Reported 5,249 by 328
Cogon grass turf. Good drainage.
7° 53' N,
lencia on east side of Valencia-Ma-
feet northeast to south-
Serviceable in all-weather for all
125° 06' E (approx.)
laybalay highway. Estimated eleva-
west.
types of aircraft.
tion 1,850 feet.
52. Wolfe Field
FLG
At Calarian barrio 4 miles west of
Runway 2,296 by 197 feet.
Sodded ground, serviceable in all-
6° 56' N,
Zamboanga on southwest tip of
weather. Good cover nearby.
122° 02' E
Mindanao Island.
53. Zamboanga
HLG
Just east of the town of Zamboan-
Three strips reported 7.-
The existence of this new large
6° 55' N.
ga on southwest tip of Mindanao Is-
000 by 400 feet, 7,000 by
landing ground has not been con-
122° 07' E
land.
400 feet, 4,000 by 400
firmed.
feet.
Sector D: Sala Archipelago
54. Zettel Field (Jolo)
FLG
On northwest coast of Jolo Island,
Reported
3,960
by
459
Sodded clay loam. Serviceable in
6° 03' N,
1 mile east of town of Jolo.
feet east to west.
all-weather. Cover nearby.
121° 01' E
Sector E: Northeast Borneo
55. Jesselton
HLG
On northwest coast of North Bor-
Various reports. May not
Fuel, oil, water and some repair
5° 57° N,
neo, 3 miles west of Jesselton.
be actually constructed.
facilities available. Radio station
116° 04' E
Also two 7,000 foot run-
and accommodations at Jesselton.
ways reported.
56. Kenigau 5° 21' N,
ELG
Exact location unknown; reported
Reported 3,300 feet
Sandy soil covered with alang
116° 12' E (town)
to lie between 2 spurs of low hills.
square, exact dimensions
(heavy grass). No other details.
unknown.
57. Kudar 6° 56' N,
ELG
Three and one-half miles north of
Unknown.
Details unknown. Reported a mili-
116° 50' E
Kudat on the northwest coast of
tary field and considered opera-
Marudu Bay at north end of west
tional.
arm of North Borneo.
Page I 40
BRIEF
TABLE 1.5 (Continued)
NAME AND COORDINATES
CLASSIFICATION
LOCATION
DIMENSIONS
REMARKS
58. Labuan Island
FLG
Reported on Labuan Island which
Varying reports of 2 run-
Two aircraft observed here accord-
50 20' N,
lies off the west coast of British
ways, longest 6,000 feet;
ing to recent intelligence. No other
115° 13' E (approx.)
North Borneo.
also that both are 6,000
details.
feet.
59. Lahad Datu
ELG
Reported at Lahad Datu in west
Unknown.
No other details but field is con-
5° 02' N,
corner of northernmost reach of
sidered operational.
118° 20' E (town)
Darvel Bay on the Southeast coast
of Borneo.
60. Ranau 5° 58' N,
ELG
Exact location unknown. Ranau is
Unknown.
Reported that development was
116° 42' E (town)
reported in West Coast Residency 1
unlikely. Also reported that it is
mile east of confluence of Ligwau
now considered operational.
and Berambang Rivers.
61. Sandakan
ELG
Reported at Sandakan on the west
Unknown.
Details unknown; development in-
5° 51' N,
side of the entrance to Sandakan
to a major base expected; consider-
118° 07" E (town)
Harbor on the northeast coast of
ed operational.
Borneo.
62. Tarakan 3° 20' N,
ELG
In central part of southwest coast of
Runways 2,850 ft. north-
Firm earth and grass usually serv-
117° 34' E
Tarakan Island, 5 miles north-
east to southwest, 2,520
iceable; fuel and oil available; fa-
northwest of Tarakan.
feet east to west, 2,430
cilities for minor repairs. Dutch
feet northwest to southeast,
had 4 fighter and 4 bomber rever-
2,310 feet north to south.
ments here.
63. Tawau 4° 15' N,
ELG
Reported at Tawau on north shore
Unknown.
Details unknown but it is con-
117° 53' E (town)
of entrance to Cowie Harbor on the
sidered now to be used for opera-
southeast coast of North Borneo.
tional purposes.
Sector F: Northern Celebes
64. Langoan 1° 09' N. FAD
One mile east-northeast of Lan- Reported 4,200 by 300 Surface coral or limestone, proba-
124° 50° E
goan, 3 miles west-southwest of
feet north-northeast
to
bly all-weather. Extensible. Disper-
Kokas at the south end of Lake south-southwest.
sal for 40 fighters, 30 bombers.
Tondano.
Buildings nearby. Mountains in
area.
65. Mapanget 1° 31' N, FLG
One and three-fourths miles west of
Information varied,
Grass surface. Reported capacity
124° 54' E
Mapanger, just north of Mapanget
(Topic 124, F, (3), (b))
20 fighters, 40 bombers.
River and south of Kima River, 6
miles east-southeast of Manado.
TABLE I 6
POSSIBLE AIRFIELD SITES
Sector A. Halmabera
NAME
APPROXIMATE COORDINATES
REMARKS
1. Akelamo
1° 28' N. 128° 40' E.
Small coconut plantation, 62 acres near Akelamo; ground flat and dry; soil, sandy.
2. Belangbelang I.
1° 19' S. 127° 24' E.
Possible site a mile long northwest to southeast on northeast side of the island.
3. Bisa L
1° 15' S. 127° 28' E.
Possible strip reported at southwest end of Bisa Island, which is 13 miles north of west
end of Obi Major Island.
4. Boeli-Serani
0° 52' N. 128° 17' E.
Clearing for possible strip reported inland from Boeli-Serani, north coast of Boeli Bay.
5. Djailolo North
1° 09' N. 127° 28' E.
Five miles north-northeast of Djailolo; cleared for 1650 feet by the Dutch in 1941; not
strip. developed; extension possible in all directions; a good deal of levelling required on this
6. Djailolo South
1° 07' N. 127° 28' E.
Three and one-fourth miles north-northeast of Djailolo; cleared for 5280 feet by the
Durch in 1941; not developed; extension possible east-west.
7. Galela East
1° 48' N. 127° 53' E.
Possible clearing for strip reported 7 miles east-southeast of Galela medium bomber
airfield, 3 miles east-southeast of Galela; unconfirmed.
8. Morotai I.
2° 06' N. 128° 31' E.
Possible strip reported on southeast end of Morotai Island; unconfirmed.
9. Sidangoli
0° 54' N. 127° 31' E.
Possible site, runway limited to 4000 feet (approximately) northeast-southwest; near
Sidangoli at northwest end of Dodinga Bay.
BRIEF
Page I 41
TABLE I 6 (Continued)
NAME
APPROXIMATE COORDINATES
REMARKS
10. Sofifi
0° 44' N. 127° 33' E.
Clearing for strip reported but not confirmed, 1 mile south of Sofifi.
(town)
11. Tilope
0° 13' N. 127° 55' E.
Possible site on coastal plain near Tilope village, on the east coast of south arm of Hal-
mahera Island. Land is flat, dry, and sandy near the shore.
12. Tobelo
1° 39' N. 128° 00' E.
Possible site on coastal plain 5 miles south of Tobelo, 15 miles southeast of Galela, on
east coase of Halmahera Island. Ground reported flat, firm, and well drained.
13. Wajaoea
0° 45' S. 127° 39' E.
Possible site about 1 mile northeast of Wajaoea village, on south side of ischmus
on Batjan Island.
14. Wasile
1° 04' N. 127° 59' E.
Probably just north of Wasile town, on northeast coast of Kaoe Bay: "serviceable
(town)
strip" reported but not confirmed.
Sector B. Sangibe-Taland
15. Karakelong I.
4° 00' 4° 35' N.
A few flat areas along the coast; no detailed information.
126° 33' 126° 55' E.
16. Tamako
3° 28' N. 125° 30' E.
Possible sites reported near Tamako on the southwest coast of Sangihe Island.
Sector C. Mindanso
17. Camp Overton
8° 12' N. 124° 12' E.
Possible site reported at Camp Overton at the head of Iligan Bay; flat, cleared area on
(town)
the coast.
18. Dalwangan
8° 06' N. 125° 04' E.
Possible site reported at Dalwangan; outside of town parallel to a road.
19. Davao (Japanese
7° 17' N. 125° 41' E.
Approximately 15 miles north-northeast of Davao in the midst of a Japanese Colony,
Colony)
a natural landing field 6000 feet by 7000 feet.
20. Davao Gulf
6° 30' N. 126° 07' E.
Any amount of flat land which could be cleared and used as a landing ground; on the
east coast of Davao Gulf, in the general vicinity of Madruka Point.
21. Dapitan
8° 39' N. 123° 26' E.
Porential site just in front of the church at Dapitan, on the north end of Mindanao
(town)
Island, about 1200 feet by 1500 feet, running down to the water, could be made into a
small field.
22. Dayana Point
7° 39' N. 123° 08' E.
Potential site reported on Dayana Point on the south central coast of Mindanao; on
the northeast coast of Dumanquilas Bay; the land slopes gently back from the end of
the point for a distance of about 1 mile.
23. Dumanquilas Bay
7° 04' N. 123° 01' E.
Potential site just northwest of Bacao, just southwest of Boton; 3000 feet by 1500
feet nearly level but needs clearing; good approaches.
24. Igai Point
7° 38' N. 123° 03' E.
Potential site reported on Igai Point on west side of Dumanquilas Bay on south side
of Mindanso Island; on a 100 foot plateau which tops the point; reasonably flat, needs
clearing: drainage considered excellent.
25. Malalag
6° 36' N. 125° 23' E.
Flat area to the southwest of Malalag which is on the southwest coast of Malalag Bay,
east of Dávao Gulf; needs to be cleared.
26. Malamaui I,
6° 43' N. 121° 58' E.
Potential site reported on Malamaui Island, just northwest of Basilan Island; landing
field could be cleared at a neighboring rubber plantation but would entail considerable
work.
27. Murcielagos Bay
8° 35' N. 123° 34' E.
Sites are located in the vicinity of the cultivated areas on Diuyu River; at the South
end of Murcielagos Bay.
28. Nasipit Harbor
8° 59' N. 125° 26' E.
Potential site reported at Nasipit Harbor on the northwest coast of Mindanao Island;
(town)
sufficient level ground DO permit clearing and levelling for a landing ground.
29. Polloc Harbor
7° 23' N. 124° 16' E.
Small emergency landing ground could be made from the parade ground at the con-
(town)
stabulary post at Parang by removing the radio poles; on the central east coast of
Polloc Harbor.
30. Port Holland
6° 33' N. 121° 52' E.
Potential site reported at Port Holland in A large area filled and packed with sawdust;
on the west coast of Basilan Island.
31. Port Misamis
8° 10' N. 123° 51' E.
Two excellent sites about 1/2 to 2 miles in area reported on the road berween Misamis
and Clarin; at the southwest end of Iligan Bay.
32. Port Sibulan
7° 33' N. 122° 54' E.
Potential site reported at the head of Port Sibulan on the south coast of Mindanao
Island; could be prepared at considerable cost by clearing the necessary land.
Page I 42
BRIEF
TABLE 1 6 (Continued)
APPROXIMATE COORDINATES
REMARKS
NAME
33. Sapali
6° 18' N. 124° 43' E.
Possible site reported at Sapali which is 1/2 mile northeast of Alah River; 6 miles north-
(town)
west of Lake Sultan; about 23 miles south-southwest of Lake Buluan.
34. Sindangan
8° 14' N. 123° 00° E.
Potential landing field reported at Sindangan; in the northeast corner of Sindangan
(town)
Bay; 11/2 miles north of mouth of Sindangan River.
35. Sumilao
8° 17' N. 124° 56' E.
Potential sise reported at Sumilao which is 20 miles southwest of the head of Maca-
(town)
jalar Bay.
Sector D. Sulu Archipelago
36. Banaran 1.
5° 01' N. 120° 08' E.
Area is well cleared and could be prepared easily on Banaran Island in the Tawitawi
Island Group.
37. Bubuan 1.
5° 25' N. 125° 35' E.
Potential site on Bubuan Island in Tawitawi Group; best cleared areas are on the
north side of the island.
38. Carmen Point
5° 05' N. 119° 50' E.
One mile east of Carmen Point, on the west coast of Tawitawi Island, an area which
could be levelled. Reported as the best spot in the Tawitawi Islands for building and
maintaining a landing field.
39. Manalik Channel
5° 05' N. 119° 50' E.
A landing ground could possibly be constructed on the east side of Manalik Channel
berween Carmen Point and Lapidlapid; area only 75% cleared.
40. Papahag I.
5° 02' N. 119° 48' E.
Potential site reported in the center of Papahag Island, at the south end of the Tawitawi
Group; area is flat and could easily be cleared.
41. Sanga Sanga 1.
5° 04' N. 119° 48' E.
North of Malasa Point, site about 1 mile square may be prepared in less time than
any other point in the Tawitawi Group; Sanga Sanga Island is one of the southernmost
in the Tawitawi Group.
42. Secubun L
5° 06' N. 120° 18' E.
The east central side of the island can easily be cleared to form a landing field 1 mile
by 1/2 to % mile. The soil is coarse loam with chalky sub-soil at about 18 inches. Secu-
bun Island is 4½ miles southeast of Tawitawi Island.
43. Simunul I.
4° 53' N. 119° 51' E.
Cleared spaces are available on both east and west sides of the island which is 9 miles
south of Tawitawi Island. In 1929 a naval reconnaissance estimated that in three weeks
with local Simunal labor a large-sized landing field could be cleared.
44. South Ubian I.
5° 10' N. 120° 30' E.
Potential site which could be levelled in a reasonably short time, rich loam soil with a
tendency to fine coral and sand toward the shore. Cleared spaces are firm. About 17
miles east of Tawitawi Island.
45. Tabawan I.
5° 13' N. 120° 35' E.
Reported probably the flattest island in the Tawitawi Group, areas on both north
and south shores where a small plane could take off.
Sector F. Northern Celebes
46. Amoerang
1° 11' N. 124° 33' E.
Possible site reported around Amoerang Bay to the west and along the coast from
(town)
Amoerang.
47. Belang
0° 56' N. 124° 47' E.
Possible site reported at Belang on the south side of the north arm of the Celebes;
coconur plantations along the shore.
48. Bongo
0° 42" N. 122° 30' E.
Possible sizes reported in low flat areas along the coast; in valley of Pagoejaman River
near Bongo.
49. Dondo Bay
0° 52' N. 120° 22' E.
Possible site on a low flat shore covered with mangroves and coconut plantations on
south side of inlet on west side of Dondo Bay.
50. Gorontalo
0° 30' N. 123° 03' E.
Possible site in Pagoejaman valley about 30-40 miles from Gorontalo.
51. Kema
1° 22' N. 125° 05' E.
Possible site reported at Kema on east side of north tip of the Celebes; on A low plain
(town)
covered with coconut plantations and scattered mangrove.
52. Kotaboena
0° 48' N. 124° 39' E.
May be same as Kotaboenan (coordinates given); low ground with protected anchor-
(town)
age behind islands.
53. Limba
0° 29' N. 122° 32' E.
Existence doubtful, unconfirmed.
54. Leok (Bilang Bay)
1° 09' N. 121° 25' E.
Possible site about 3 miles southeast of Leok on southwest side of Bilang Bay; flat shore
but area is rather marshy.
55. Tamboe Gulf
0° 01' N. 119° 54' E.
Low sandy shores planted with coconuts on Tamboe Gulf.
56. Toeladenggi
0° 45' N. 121° 52' E.
West in the direction of Cape Santigi some flat stretches of coast line with scattered
jungle of coconut plantations.
FIGURE 1.7
JANIS 155
CELEBES SEA AREA
swar as
TERRAIN REGIONS
MINDANAO sit
NORTH
Sector Boundary
3
P
ACIFI
17
STATUTE
5
of
-
1
.
U
€
o
C
E
A
N
S
9
-
ROUTABAN GROUP
F
TAPARTANA
SULU ARCHIPELAGO AND BASILAN ISLAND
Cape for -
Cap :
-
}
PL
imps
TARA
D
MINDANAO AND.AD.,CENT SLANDS
GLOSSARY
SEU ACORDADO
I
MANGAM a.
C
-
GROUP
KAWNO
% Ambore
BLANDEN
ANDS
2
TALAMO BLANDEN
à
I
E
SANGHE-TALAUD ISLANDS
I
CELEBE S SEA
B
3
TERN BORNBOYANG ADDRESS ISLANDS
A
w
HALMAHERA AND ADJACENT ISLANDS
B
F
E
NORTHERN CELEBES AND ADJACENT ISLANDS
3
ZEE
TERMATE
5
I
-
,
VAN
To
\
GOLF VAN TOMINI
GOBAISA
Online
BLANDEN
OF
/
NALMAHERA
s
HALMAHERA
GORONTALO
BLANDEN
FIGURE 1. 8
IANIS 155
CELEBES SEA AREA
MANAT GUIF
STRATEGIC TERRAIN
CABATAM
MINDANAO w
NORTH
Areas of low relief
Major Relief Borriers (General Trand)
Major Swamp Borriers
Natural Routes of Movement [wis
Posses, Defilies and Corridors)
PACIFIC
E
-
M.
OCEAN
-
S
U
GULF
1)
DROUP
1
FANDUTARAN GROUP
Ta
Caps
las
xxo,
-
I
Them
GLOSSARY
a
TE
H
f.
Trace
Bay
e
SAMANGAM a.
B
Supert
SEU ABOVELADO
-
%
Cape
EAWIO
Ta
BLANDEN
TALAID BANDEN
%
3
CELEBE. S SEA
3
>
B
E
,
ZEE
There
TERMATE
5
To
VAN
-
Ta.
DOBAISME
GOLF VAN TOMINI
BLANDEN
-
OF
+
HALMAHERA
GORONTALO
BOWLDPAD
"
BALIKFAPAN
Lar
FIGURE 1-9
JANIS 155
CELEBES SEA AREA
SOIL TRAFFICABILITY
NORTH
MINDANAO
SULU
S E A
PACIFIC
I
STATUTE an
of - IM
fundary
un
or
MINDANAO
IF
USE
SOUTH
CHINA
SEA
OCEAN
Cajayes
-
-
Date of
- -
#
DiD
MINDANAO
FAMOSTARAN GROUP
-
-
-
-
-
of
I
I
©
I
EXPARTANA GROUP
-
I
-
-
-
-
a
I
1
-
-
-
I
-
AREA E
-
:
I
-
BULU
-
I
-
I
- GROUP
-
-
and
-
-
-
-
-
TAPA DROUP
-
-
CROUP
.
-
Denvel -
-
United
-
Marie -
MAHERA
AND
TALAUD
-
-
Endo
*
LEGEND
a
-
BORNEO
-
-
TALAUD BLANDEN
-
e
-
-
I
I
2
-
-
-
-
,
I
I
-
at
-
-
I
I
-
.
-
-
tais
-
I
I
I
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
-
1
-
E
-
:
-
I
-
Il
)
-
I
a
I
-
-
I
-
-
.
2
I
.
.
Bangibe
-
-
-
-
1
-
&
a
I
C
ELEBE
S
SEA
a
/
AREA
%
-
NORTHERN CELEBES
&
-
-
Di
-
- -
sous NOT MAPPES
E
-
2
BORNEO
i
-
Merchal
L.
-
-
-
D
&
sous NOT MAPPED
-
I
s
ZEE
a
HALMAHERA
5
BOLLS NOT WAPPED
MAKASSAR
0
+
VAN
C
E
E
8
5
GOLF VAN TOMINI
F.Om
OF
HALMAHERA
GORONTALO
o
STRAT
M
LOO
-
114°
dr
or
-
FIGURE 1 - 10
JANIS 155
III"
IF
-
CELEBES SEA AREA
MANAY are
STRATEGIC ROUTES
CABATAN
MINDANAO sh
NORTH
Strotegic routes possoble No motor traffic
Strategic
-
Other
routes
of
possible
value
E
APACIFIC
STATUTE
5
0
will
1
114°
*
U
OCEAN
S
GULF
-
DIVAO
Cape
for
Apalin
impo
GLOSSARY
by
BARANGAN
a.
»
€
-
SAU
-
-
-
I
-
-
-
-
-
,
-
1
-
.
CELEBE
.
S
A
-
-
-
v
I
I
-
-
-
-
-
&
F.
I
ZEE
5
VAN
WEZH
GOLF VAN TOMINI
.
OF
-
is
$
-
Tabe
I'
r
-
HALMAHERA
I
GORONTALO
BALEFAPARAN
Der
FIGURE 1.11
IANIS 155
CELEBES SEA AREA
PORT FACILITIES
-
Major Parts
Minor Parts
The
- - - -
Immiry el - m
E
I
FIGURE 1-12
JANIS 155
CELEBES SEA AREA
NAVAL AND AIR FACILITIES
=
©
Il
12
11
=
-
(5)
n
o
by
...
I
of
E
m
-
Table of Contents-Continued
Page
Page
15. TRANSPORTATION AND COMMUNICATIONS
I-25
C. Mindanao sector and Sulu Archipelago
I-27
A. Transportation
I-25
D. Northeast Borneo
I-27
(1) Railroads
I-25
(2) Roads and trails
E. Northern Celebes sector
I-25
I-28
(3) Water transport
I-25
18. HEALTH AND SANITATION
1-28
B. Communications
I - 25
A. Diseases
I - 28
(1) Radio
I-25
B. Water
(2) Telegraph, telephone, and submarine cable
I-25
I-29
C. Sanitation
I-29
16. RESOURCES AND TRADE
I-26
D. Public health
I-29
A. Food resources
I - 26
E. Hospitals and medical personnel
I - 29
B. Water supply
I-26
F. Food
I - 29
C. Construction materials
I-26
G. Insects and animals
I-30
D. Industrial raw materials and primary processing
I-26
(1) Minerals
I-26
19. NAVAL AND AIR FACILITIES
I-30
(2) Fuels
I-26
A. History and development
I-30
(3) Agricultural and marine materials
I-26
B. Organization
30
E. Manufacturing plants
I-26
(1) Administration
I-30
F. Electric power
I - 26
(2) Tactical
30
G. Commerce
I - 26
(3) Disposition of forces
1-30
H. Finance
I-27
C. Supply and maintenance
I-30
(1) Depots
I-30
17. PEOPLE AND GOVERNMENT
I - 27
(2) Supply routes
I- 30
A. Halmaherá sector
I - 27
D. Naval facilities
I- 31
B. Sangibe-Talaud sector
I-27
E. Air facilities
I-31
Confidential
DECLASSIFIED
By Authority of
JCS letter, 7.25-75
By SR Date JUL 01 1975
JANIS 155
1
Non-registered
CHAPTER II
JAPAN
CHINA
MIDWAY IS.
HAWAIIAN . IS.
HONOLULU
WAKE 1.
MARIANAS IS.
JOHNSTON I.
PHILIPPINE
FRENCH-INDO
IS.
GUAM
CHINA
/PALAU
MARSHALL #15.
CAROLINE ISLANDS
GILBERT IS.
BORNEO
CHRISTMAS I.
CELEBES
NEW
GUINEA
JAVA
SOLOMON IS.
TIMOR
AUSTRALIA
JOINT ARMY-NAVY INTELLIGENCE STUDY
OF
CELEBES SEA AREA
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
DECLASSIFIED
By Authority of
MAY 1944
JCS letter, 7-25-75
By SR Date JUL 31.1975
ECLASSIFIED
By
Authori of
JCS letter, 7-25-75
By
SR
Date JUL 1975
List of Effective Pages, Chapter II
CHANGE IN
Sunject MATTER
Erract
PAGE NUMBERS
Cover Page
Original
unnumbered
List of Effective Pages and Table of Contents, Chapter II
(inside front cover)
Original
unnumbered
Text and Figures
Original
pp. II-1 to II-40
Figure (insert, reverse blank)
Original
Figure II-42
Figure (insert, reverse blank)
Original
Figure II-43
Figure (insert, reverse blank)
Original
Figure II-44
Figure (insert, reverse blank)
Original
Figure II-45
Inside Back Cover (Table of Contents, cont'd)
Original
unnumbered
Back Cover (outside blank)
Original
unnumbered
Table of Contents
Note: This chapter is based on material available in Washington, D. C., on 25 April 1944.
Page
Page
20. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE AREA
II 1
C. Mindanao and adjacent islands
II 24
A. Relief
II 1
(1) Rivers
II 24
B. Drainage and water supply
II 1
(2) Lakes
II 24
(1) Rivers
II 1
(3) Swamps
II 25
(2) Swamps
II 1
(4) Water supply
II 25
(3) Lakes
II 1
D. Sulu Archipelago
II 25
(4) Water supply
II 1
E. Borneo and adjacent islands
II 25
C. Vegetation
II 1
(1) Rivers
II 25
21. RELIEF
(2) Lakes
II 26
II 2
(3) Swamps
II 26
A. Halmahera and adjacent islands
II 2
(4) Water supply
II 26
(1) Southern Halmahera
II 2
F. Celebes and adjacent islands
II 26
(2) Central Halmahera
II 2
(1) Rivers
II 26
(3) Northern Halmahera
II 2
(2) Lakes
II 26
(4) Morotai Island
II 3
(5) Western Volcanic Islands
(3) Swamps
II 26
II - 4
(6) Batjan Islands
II 4
(4) Water supply
II 26
(7) Lesser islands
II 5
23. SOIL TRAFFICABILITY
II 26
B. Sangihe-Talaud Islands
II 5
A. General factors affecting soil trafficability
II 26
(1) Sangihe Islands
II 5
B. Soil trafficability in Halmahera
II 27
(2) Talaud Islands
II 5
C. Sangihe-Talaud Islands
II 27
C. Mindanao and adjacent islands
II 5
D. Mindanao
II 27
(1) Southern Mountain Region
II 6
(2) Central Mountain Region
II 6
E. Sulu Archipelago
II 28
(3) Davao Lowlands
II 6
F. Northern Borneo
II 28
(4) Eastern Mindanao Region
II 6
G. Northern Celebes
II 29
(5) Agusan Basin
II 8
(6) Bukidnon Uplands
24. VEGETATION
II 29
II 9
(7) Lanao Uplands
II 10
A. Natural vegetation
II 29
(8) Western Mindanao
II 12
(1) Rain forest
II 29
(9) Cotabato Basin
II 12
(2) Second growth
II 30
(10) Adjacent islands
II 12
(3) Moss forest
II 30
D. Sulu Archipelago and Basilan Island
II 13
(4) Mangrove swamp
II 30
(1) Basilan Island
(5) Nipa swamp
II 30
Il 13
(2) Jolo Island
(6) Swamp forest
II 30
II 13
(3) Tawitawi Island
(7) Marsh grass, sedge, and wild cane
II 31
II 13
(4) Lesser islands
(8) Open grassland
II 31
II 13
E. Northern and Eastern Borneo
(9) Special types of vegetation
II 31
II 13
(1) Dutch Borneo (north of the Equator)
B. Cultivated lands
II 31
II 14
(2) British North Borneo
II 15
(1) Plantations
II 32
(3) Adjacent islands
(2) Cultivated fields
II 32
II 19
F. Northern Celebes and adjacent islands
II 19
C. Distribution of vegetation in Halmahera
II - 32
(1) Minahasa-Bolaäng-Mongondow Region
II 19
(1) Southern Halmahera
II 32
(2) Northern Peninsula
(2) Central Halmahera
II 32
II 21
(3) Adjacent islands
II 23
(3) Northern Halmahera
II 33
(4) Morotai Island
II 33
22. DRAINAGE AND WATER SUPPLY
II 23
(5) Western Volcanic Islands
II 33
A. Halmahera and adjacent islands
II 23
(6) Batjan Islands
II 33
(1) Rivers
II 23
D. Vegetation distribution in Sangibe-Talaud Islands
II 33
(2) Lakes
II 24
(3) Swamps
E. Vegetation distribution in Mindanao
II 33
II 24
(4) Water supply
(1) Southern Mountain Region
II 33
II 24
(2) Central Mountain Region
II 33
B. Sangibe-Talaud Islands
II 24
(3) Davao Lowlands
II 34
(Continued inside back cover)
Chapter II
Page Il I
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
20. General Description of the Area
along with their susceptibility to flooding, make them effective
obstacles to overland routes from one coastal objective to an-
A. Relief.
other. Outside Borneo, there are only two rivers that would
(FIGURES II 42 and II - 43).
be sufficiently large to act as defensive phase lines for large-scale
operations; these are the Agusan and Mindanao-Pulangi rivers
Most of the land in the Celebes Sea area consists of rough,
on the island of Mindanao.
mountainous terrain, especially in the interior of the islands.
Areas of low flat land are found mainly along the coasts or on
(2) Swamps.
flood plains of the larger rivers in Borneo and Mindanao. The
Even more effective than the rivers as barriers to cross-country
coastal plains are usually narrow, and seldom are continuous
movement are the swamps and marshes. Practically all the ex-
for long distances. Cross-country military operations will have
tensive ones are located on the flood plains of the large rivers of
to contend with difficult terrain problems throughout the area,
Borneo and Mindanao, but often no less significant are the
with few exceptions. These exceptions are in the Minahasa Re-
small stretches of poorly drained land that lie back of the
gion of Celebes (the northeastern tip of the northern penin-
beaches on many of the coastal plains. They restrict coastal
sula), and the central portion of Mindanao where there are
travel to narrow beach strips, and effectively limit the area of
wide stretches of open, rolling terrain. Elsewhere, the interiors
flat land suitable for airfields.
of the islands under consideration are mountainous, covered
(3) Lakes.
with dense forests, sparsely inhabited by native populations, and
There are few lakes in the area, and most of these are either
accessible only by forest trails. For this reason, most military
small ponds in volcanic craters or shallow swamp lakes on river
operations will be directed against peripheral objectives, pri-
flood plains. The only ones that appear to be suitable for float
marily against airfields, harbors, supply points, and garrison
plane use are Lakes Lanao and Mainit on Mindanao, Galela
bases along the coasts. Nearly all such objectives are located on
Lake on Halmahera, and Tondano on Celebes.
comparatively narrow and discontinuous coastal plains without
good exits inland. In a few cases, particularly in northeastern
(4) Water supply.
Borneo, there are extensive river flood plains extending inland
Since all of the area has a considerable rainfall, and because
from the coast, but these are likely to be swampy, heavily forest-
there are innumerable streams that have their headwaters in
ed, and not suitable for large scale operations. Because of the
mountainous country, fresh water is almost always available.
peninsular character of the larger island masses included within
The main exception to this is found on the very small islands,
the area, attention also will likely be focussed upon cross-island
particularly those of the low coral or sandy type. Usually on such
routes, control of which will enable troops to cut off relatively
islands the only available fresh water is obtained either from the
large segments of the islands. These routes, with few excep-
collection of rain water or from shallow wells.
tions, follow mountain passes, and undoubtedly have numerous
associated defensive phase lines. Very few of these passes are
C. Vegetation.
now utilized by motor roads, and it is doubtful if many are
suited for road construction.
Wide expanses of unbroken forest are characteristic of nearly
Although there are hundreds of smaller islands within the
all of the rough mountainous sections. On the coastal lowlands,
area, relatively few are militarily significant-chiefly those that
however, the type of vegetation is dependent largely on soil
are low, flat, and suitable for airfield development or for minor
conditions and on the stage of cultural development of the area,
land bases. Several such islands are located off the east coast of
As a general rule, low, sandy coastal plains contain groves of
Halmahera, and in the southern portion of the Sulu Archi-
coconut palms. Back from these sandy soil areas, the coastal
pelago.
lowlands contain variable amounts and types of cultivated land.
On Halmahera, Borneo, and many of the smaller islands sparsely
B. Drainage and water supply.
populated with native peoples, the lowland plains vegetation is
likely to consist of scattered native gardens, abandoned clearings
(1) Rivers.
grown up to tall coarse grass ("kunai" or "cogon"), dense
The rivers generally are short and rapid, because of their
secondary forest, or patches of sago (particularly in the
small drainage basins and the absence of broad lowland plains.
swamps). In culturally more advanced portions of the area
The main exception to this is in Borneo, particularly in the
(Celebes and Mindanao), open fields are much more common,
eastern and northeastern portions, where a broad area of
and are used mainly for rice and corn. Large plantations are
hilly to mountainous terrain in the interior receives heavy
relatively rare outside of Mindanao. Intermediate slopes, or low,
rainfall, and is the source region of many large rivers. In their
hilly lands, commonly are in either secondary forest or scattered
lower reaches these rivers are deep and follow winding courses
clearings. Mindanao contains the only broad areas of open
across their flood plains to the sea. They are practically the only
grasslands. The Bukidnon and Lanao uplands in central Min-
easy routes of penetration into the interior of this large but little
danao have hundreds of square miles of grasslands, and the
known island. From a military point of view, however, they act
flat, interstream areas in these regions require little more than
more as barriers than routes, since objectives are seldom lo-
the cutting of the coarse tall grass to make them suitable for
cated in the interior. The great width and depth of these rivers,
airfields.
DECLASSIFIED
By Authority of
JCS letter, 7-25-75
By
SR
Date
Page Il 2
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
21. Relief
popo, eastward of Remdi Point, and westward of Sagea village,
the coastal flats are continuous around the entire peninsula. The
The major relief regions and their characteristics are indi-
best crossing of the peninsula is south from the middle portion
cated on FIGURES II 42 and II 43, which should be studied
of the Sangadji valley to the valley that reaches the coast of
concurrently with the text material below. Topographic maps
Weda Bay at the village of Sepo. The maximum elevation
of many sectors will be found in the plans pouch.
along this trail is only 1,424 feet.
(b) Central Subregion. This subregion is located at the
A. Halmahera and adjacent islands.
junction of the four peninsulas. In general relief structure, it
is somewhat similar to the mountain block between the Kaoe
Halmahera and its neighboring islands are mostly hilly to
and Lamo valley (Paragraph (3) (b) below.). The western
mountainous (PLANS 2, 3, and 4). Areas of flat to undulating
land are small and discontinuous, and are found along the coast,
escarpment, however, is much more deeply dissected, and there
primarily near the mouths of the principal streams. The three
are several outlying remnants of the block rising from surround-
lowland areas (The Galela, Kaoe, and Djailolo-Soesoepoe
ing lowlands, particularly in the southwestern portion. East of
the summit the land surface is not as dissected as in the district
plains) are located on the northern peninsula of the main island.
The only easy cross-island route is at the narrow isthmus between
west of the Kaoe valley, and there are a few rather wide upland
Dodinga Bay and Kaoe Bay. The central portions of the penin-
areas of low relief. The coastal plains generally are narrow,
sulas have mountainous backbones, and trail crossings are usually
except near the mouths of some of the larger streams, i.e., that
of low utility. Large-scale military operations would be ex-
at the head of the Bay of Pajahi, the southeastern side of Do-
ceedingly difficult, and probably impracticable away from a few
dinga Bay, the Kobe valley extending inland from the head of
coastal areas, because of rugged terrain and dense forest
Weda Bay, and the plain of Ekor, on the south side of Kaoe
cover in the interior. For purposes of convenience in describing
Bay. The lowlands generally contain a considerable proportion
the relief of Halmahera it is divided into 3 regions: a southern
of swamps or marshes, particularly those along the southwestern
region, a central region, including the 2 eastern peninsulas and
coast of this region. None of these lowlands has good natural
the central part of the island; a northern region consisting of the
exits to other parts of the island except, in a few cases, laterally
northern peninsula. These are sub-divided into terrain sub-
along the coast. The most feasible and probably the only possi-
regions. The volcanic islands west of Halmahera, Morotai, and
ble strategic cross-country route lies between the plain of Ekor
the Batjan Group will be treated in separate paragraphs.
on Kaoe Bay, and the northern portion of the Kobe Plain.
Only a crude native path now follows this route, but presum-
(1) Southern Halmabera.
ably it would not be difficult to improve. The maximum eleva-
This region includes the southern peninsula of the island. A
tion along this trail is only about 700 feet. A notable character-
long mountain ridge extends along the western side. The south-
istic of the coastal plains is their uniform flatness. Airfield con-
ern end of the peninsula is composed largely of uplifted coral
struction on them generally would have serious drainage prob-
reefs with rough surfaces, In a few places, such as west of Weda,
lems.
and east of Saketa and Ganedidalem, streams have cut gaps
(c) Nortbeastern Peninsula. The mountain area that
into the ridge, providing relatively easy crossings. The highest
comprises most of this peninsula is not very high (generally
and most rugged section is directly opposite the northeast cor-
between 2,000 and 3,000 feet), but it is a confused mass of
ner of Batjan Island. Mount Oewattjain rises here to an elevation
ridges and valleys of irregular shape, trending in every direc-
of 4,100 feet. The top of the ridge is generally between 2,000
tion. The interior is unpopulated and would be very difficult to
and 3,000 feet in elevation. Since the drainage divide is near
cross. West of Boeli-Serani is an extremely rugged mountain
the west coast, the coastal plain on the west side is very
area about 30 miles long from north to south, and 10 miles
narrow or is nonexistent. Wider coastal plains with associated
wide (in its northern portion). It constitutes an effective bar-
coral terraces border the east coast. Extensive swamps cover large
rier to any cross-country travel northwestward from Boeli Bay.
segments of the plains in the vicinity of Foja and Weda on the
As in other parts of the island, the coastal plains vary in width.
east coast, and Maidi on the west coast.
The principal ones are at the head of Wasile Bay, the Akelamo
and Onat River valleys, and the plain of Boeli-Serani. There
(2) Central Halmabera.
are no good exits to the rest of the island, hence the military
Central Halmahera consists of several terrain subregions
significance of these plains lies mainly in their suitability for
which are similar in general but have sufficient individual di-
airfield construction.
versity to merit individual description.
(a) Southeastern Peninsula. The northwestern portion of
(3) Northern Halmabera.
this region consists of rough hill country. Toward the south-
From the standpoint of relief, the northern peninsula of Hal-
west, the hill country narrows to a long, narrow ridge that con-
mahera is the best suited for military operations, because despite
tinues to the end of the peninsula, Ngolopopo Point. The larg-
the preponderance of rough, mountainous terrain, it also con-
est valley in the region is that of the Sangadji River, whose mid-
tains the largest areas of low slopes on the island, The major
dle course opens out to form a broad interior basin. This basin
alignment of the relief features is in a northeast-southwest di-
is relatively inaccessible. The lower portion of the valley is al-
rection. The northern peninsula can be divided into 5 subre-
most a continuous swamp during the wet season. The coastal
gions of relief: the Kaoe-Tobelo Lowlands and Ridges, the
plains on the northern side of the peninsula are somewhat
Lamo-Kaoe Block, the Central Volcanic Range, the Galela
wider than those on the south side, although they are generally
Plains and Tiabo Valley, and the Northwestern Mountain
only a mile or so in width. Except for a few places where there
Ridge.
are rocky sea cliffs, such as a short distance westward of Ngolo-
(a) Kaoe-Tobelo Lowlands and Ridges. The southeast-
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Page Il 3
ern side of the northern peninsula of Halmahera is a region of
valley to the north, is a belt of rough country, interrupted by the
open flat plains, rolling hill country, and dissected coastal
Iboe plains which extend inland from the west coast for about
benches or terraces. The most extensive area of plains on the
5 miles. A considerable part of this lowland is under native
entire island lies within this region, in the drainage basin of the
cultivation. The lowland at the head of Loloda Bay is mostly
Kaoe River. The Kaoe plains can be divided into 3 segments:
swampy. The southwestern end of the region is formed by
a wide, well-drained lowland lying back of the village of Kaoe,
Djailolo Peak, a volcanic cone 3,706 feet high. It is separated
and extending inland for about 8 miles to a point near Popan
from the rest of the range by a belt of low, level terrain, the
where the valley is constricted; a middle portion, 11 miles long
Djailolo-Soesoepoe Plain (FIGURE II . 1). This plain is fertile
and 4 to 5 miles wide, much of the southern part of which is
and well-populated, and the Dutch, prior to the war, had par-
swampy; and in the north, an area of flat plateau country lying
tially completed 2 emergency airplane landing strips on it,
directly south of the volcanic range at an elevation of about
about 3 miles north of Djailolo.
1,000 feet, and separated from the lower plains by a belt of
(d) Galela Plains and Tiabo Valley. The Tiabo River
hilly terrain. Immediately east of and facing westward toward
has its headwaters not far from Loloda Bay on the west coast.
the Kaoe plains is a steep escarpment. From the top of the es-
It flows for most of its course through a narrow, flat-bottomed
carpment, the land surface breaks away toward the east in a
valley that is swampy in many places. Its lower reaches open out
series of long sweeping slopes broken by numerous stream val-
into the Galela plain, one of the largest and most continuous
leys. The gradient of these slopes decreases gradually toward the
areas of flat land on the island. This lowland is approximately
coast. Along the eastern coast, from opposite Miti Island south-
8 miles long from north to south, and 5 miles wide at its widest
ward to the entrance to Kaoe Bay, the coast is backed by exten-
point. Two volcanic cones (965 and 685 feet in elevation) rise
sive terraces between 100 and 300 feet in elevation. They are
abruptly from the lowland immediately northeast of Galela
deeply dissected by streams. From Miti Island northward to
Lake, and dominate the eastern approaches to the plain. Most of
Tobelo and beyond, there is a continuous coastal plain which,
the plain is cleared and either under cultivation or in patchy
at its widest point, is only about 2 miles wide. It is well drained
grassland, but there are rather extensive marshes near the mouth
and has a comparatively large native population. The narrow
of the Tiabo River that are reported to be almost impenetrable.
coastal strip between the Tobelo coastal plain and the Galela
The military significance of this subregion is due to 2 relief
plain is broken by a series of lava flows from Mount Mamoeja.
conditions; first, the suitability of the Galela plain for airfield
These flows, on several occasions, have blocked the coastal road
development (a new Japanese strip is under construction be-
between Galela and Tobelo.
tween Galela Lake and the Tiabo River), and second, the
(b) Lamo-Kaoe Block. West of the Kaoe plains and ex-
Tiabo valley forms a corridor providing access to the west coast
tending southwestward almost to Dodinga Bay, is a belt of low
at 2 points (Bakoeloe Bay and Loloda Bay). The upper reaches
mountainous country that forms a fairly effective terrain bar-
of the river run through low, hilly country where the main
rier. The west side of this mountainous area is formed by a
hindrance to cross-country travel is the dense forest cover.
steep escarpment which rises from 1,500 to 2,000 feet above
(e) Northwest Mountain Ridge. At the northern tip of
the Lama valley, which in turn separates this region from the
the island, a steep mountain ridge rises directly out of the sea
volcanic range to the northwest. Only short, swift streams have
and trends southwestward to Loloda Bay. Average elevations
indented this escarpment. East of the escarpment crest, which
along the crest of this ridge are between 1,500 and 2,500 feet.
forms the highest part of the area, the land surface is very
The only notable break in its continuity lies directly behind the
broken, with long, irregular ridges and valleys trending roughly
small bay of Bakoeloe, where a low pass at only 300 feet ele-
eastward. One of the more important cross-island trails passes
vation leads across to the Tiabo valley. The coastal plains on the
up the Lamo valley, and leads across a belt of hill country to the
eastern side of the ridge are somewhat wider than those on
upper Kaoe valley. An area of fairly rough hill country extends
the west side, but still are narrow, usually being less than a mile
southward from the southern end of the mountain belt to the
in width.
Dodinga Ischmus. The narrow Dodinga Ischmus itself is easily
crossed, as is evidenced by the fact that natives often drag their
(4) Morotai Island.
boats across it from Dodinga Bay to Bobane Bay in order to
The interior of Morotai is mountainous, and, although few
avoid the long route around the southern end of the island. On
details are available on interior terrain conditions, there appear
the northwestern side of Kaoe Bay, extending northeastward
to be 2 low mountain ranges trending from southwest to north-
from Akelamo, is a coastal plain about 4 miles wide at its
east, with a depression between them. The western range,
widest point. Except for a narrow beach strip along the shore,
maximum elevation 3,333 feet, closely parallels the coast, ris-
this area appears to have little military significance because of
ing abruptly from rocky headlands or narrow coastal flats. The
the extensive swamps that cover most of the plains.
eastern ridge (Sabatai Mountains) has a maximum elevation
(c) Central Volcanic Range. The central part of the
of 4,100 feet, and lies somewhat farther from the coast, being
northern peninsula lies along a line of former extensive vol-
separated from it by a narrow interior lowland, a belt of low
canic activity. This line rrends from northeast to southwest.
coastal hills, and a narrow strip of coastal plain. This eastern
Along it is a string of volcanic peaks, from Djailolo on the
coastal plain, despite its narrowness, contains a relatively dense
southeast to the rugged Tobelo Mountains on the south side of
native population.
Galela Bay. Some of these volcanic peaks exceed 4,000 feet in
The largest area of lowland is on the southwestern side of
elevation. The sides of the volcanoes are entrenched by numer-
the island. An isolated belt of hills divides this lowland into a
ous steep-sided ravines. Although the volcanoes do not consti-
northern and a southern portion. There are rather extensive
tute an unbroken mountain barrier, the entire area is wild and
sago swamps on the southwestern plain, particularly back of the
rugged. Between the main axis of the volcanic area and the Tiabo
narrow, sandy, beach ridges along the west coast.
Page 11 4
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
05
FIGURE Il - 1. Northern Halmabera.
Djailolo-Soesoepoe plain, near the road crossing of the Lamo River. 1944. Typical vegetation pattern-scattered clearings and secondary growth.
(5) Western Volcanic Islands.
and settlement from the earliest days. Flat coastal plains are
West of Halmahera is a string of 7 volcanic islands extend-
rare, and, where found, are usually swampy, hence unsuited to
ing from north to south for a distance of about 50 miles. They
airfield development. The majority of the cones are still
include, from north to south: Hiri, Ternate, Maitara, Tidore,
active, and their flanks are not deeply dissected.
Mare, Moti and Makian Islands, They have considerable im-
portance from an administrative and commercial standpoint.
(6) Batjan Islands.
For this reason and because of their location, these islands
The Batjan Islands form an important group immediately
merit consideration in strategic plans for operations in this sec-
southwest of Halmahera.
tor, despite the fact that they are little more than ash cones rising
(a) Kasiroeta. This island lying west of Barjan Island,
out of the sea. The lower slopes of the cones are fairly gentle
does not have as rugged a land surface as Batjan (below), al-
and concave, and the richness of the soil attracted cultivation
though it contains little actually flat land. The steepest slopes
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Page Il 5
face the west coast and are a short distance back of it. A low-
B. Sangihe-Talaud Islands.
land crosses from west to east between Kasiroeta Bay and
Imboe-imboe Bay near the southern end of the island. Much
These 2 groups of islands lie between the northeastern tip
of the western portion of this lowland is sago swamp. Much
of Celebes and the southernmost tip of Mindanao.
of the coast of Kasiroeta Island consists of rocky headlands,
(1) Sangibe Islands.
and coastal plains are limited mostly to small strips at the heads
The Sangihe group consists of volcanic cones or groups of
of bays or coves.
cones, some of which are active. They have little military im-
(b) Batjan Island. Batjan, the largest island of this
portance, since there are no large sheltered harbors, and flat
group, lies southwest of Halmahera, and is divided into 4 sepa-
land suitable for airfield construction is notably absent. Coastal
rate blocks of rugged mountainous terrain. Separating them
plains are narrow and discontinuous, and in the wider portions
are 3 lowland areas; the Laboeha plain, the Wajaoea plain,
(not exceeding I or 1½ miles) generally are swampy. Sangihe
and the Sajoang valley. The first 2 have a large propor-
Island is the largest of the group. In a few cases, such as on
tion of swamp. The 3 lowlands form corridors across the is-
Sangihe and Siaoe, there are good cross-island routes, located in
land. Within the mountain blocks, the ridges and valleys have
the gaps between the volcanic cones (FIGURE II 2). The is-
little alignment with each other, and cross-country travel is
lands are made up largely of loose volcanic detritus, although
difficult in any direction. The northwestern and southeastern
there are several areas of solidified lava and terraces of coral
blocks are not quite as rugged as the other two. Maximum ele-
limestone. The latter are common along some of the costal
vations vary from 2,500 feet to 6,925 feet (Mount Sibela). The
lowlands.
plains, other than the 3 lowlands mentioned above, border the
(2) Talaud Islands.
coast and are narrow and discontinuous. The west coast, border-
The Talaud group are chiefly of sedimentary origin, hence
ing Sambaki Strait, is almost a continuous marshland about 10
differ from the volcanic Sangihe Islands. The Talaud Islands are
miles long.
considerably lower, the highest elevation, on Karakelong, be-
(c) Obit. This island is located between Mandioli and
ing 2,222 feet, and common elevations in the interior being
Batjan. Most of the central and northeastern parts of the island
between 1,000 and 1,500 feet. The bulk of the island masses
are hilly with a maximum elevation of 630 feet. There are nar-
consists of limestone. Most land surfaces are exceedingly rough
row flats along the western and southern coasts.
despite the moderate relief. The largest areas of flat plains are
(d) Mandioli. Mandioli Island is the third largest in the
located along the southeastern coasts of Salebaboe and Kaboe-
group and lies south of Kasiroeta. It is hilly in the interior, but
roeang. Because of the roughness of the interior portions of the
considerably lower in elevation than the 2 larger islands in the
islands, there are few good cross-country routes, travel between
group. It reaches a maximum of 1,986 feet. A narrow coastal
different parts of the same island generally being along good
plain about 1/2 mile wide borders most of the coastline. The
coastal trails. A good route crosses the central portion of Kara-
portion along the south coast is swampy.
kelong, however, from Beo on the west coast, to Rainis on the
cast coast.
(7) Lesser islands.
Although there are 120 islands adjacent to Halmahera which
C. Mindanao and adjacent islands.
exceed 1/2 mile in diameter, the largest of these is only 11 miles
(PLAN 1).
long. Fewer than 30 exceed 2 miles in length. These islands
In contrast to the other larger islands treated in this report,
vary considerably in shape, elevation, vegetative cover, coastal
Mindanao has relatively large areas in the interior where both
characteristics, and military value.
relief and vegetation are suited to large scale military opera-
FIGURE Il 2. Sangibe Idands.
Siace Islands, Hoeloe village, looking W. 1939. A motor road utilizes the pass berween the two volcanoes and leads to Ondong village on the west
side of the island.
Page Il 6
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
tions, particularly in a north-south direction. There are a num-
plateau rises directly from the sea from Linao Bay northwards
ber of high mountain ranges, most of which have volcanic
to the mouth of the Mindanao-Pulangi River, except for a few
peaks rising well above 7,000 feet, but some of these ranges are
small bays or coves where there are stream mouths. In general,
broken by natural corridors or defiles. There are 3 main corri-
the streams in the limestone area have their sources in the range
dors across the island from north to south. These are, from west
of hills that rise above the plateau near its northern edge. They
to east: the isthmus between Illana and Iligan Bays; the Bukid-
flow southwestward in narrow, deep ravines. Except for the
non Uplands (FIGURE II - 3) with their grassy plains, lying
Koronadal valley route, the entire region would be extremely
between Macajalar Bay and the Cotabato Basin; and the Agu-
difficult to cross. There are a few narrow coastal plains along
san Valley, including the low hilly terrain that separates it from
the southwestern coast, such as at Linao Bay, Port Lebak, and
the lowland at the head of Davao Gulf. This latter corridor is
Kling.
largely unusable as a route for troop movements because of
large areas of swamp and marsh. The most continuous terrain
(2) Central Mountain Region.
barriers are the mountain ranges that lie to the east and west
This long north-south mountain range, extends from the
of the Agusan basin, and the belt of rugged terrain that runs the
Mount Apo district, which is southwest of Davao, northward to
length of Zamboanga Peninsula. The only easy east-west corri-
the north coast. It is perhaps the most effective terrain barrier on
dor leads northwestward from the west side of Davao Gulf to
the island (FIGURE II 5). It is high and rugged throughout its
the Cotabato Basin. Routes within the Agusan and Cotabato
length and there are no easy routes across it. Routes from east-
Basins are restricted, owing to extensive marshes.
ern Mindanao to the western portion of the island either skirt
The arrangement of the mountains, plateaus and lowlands
the northern end of the range, closely following the coast, or
permits a logical compartmentation of the island into relief
pass through the Cotabato-Davao corridor that separates the
regions. These various regions will be described separately in
southern end of the range from the Southern Mountain Region.
the following paragraphs, beginning in the south and progress-
The highest elevations are found in the group of volcanic peaks
ing around the island in a counter-clockwise direction.
southwest of Davao, of which Mount Apo is the highest (9,690
feet). There has been an appreciable spread of cultivation from
the Davao coastal plains up the long lower slopes of the peaks.
(3) Davao Lowlands.
These lowlands extend northward from Malalag Bay (on
the west side of Davao Gulf) around the head of Davao Gulf
(FIGURE II 6). The terrain is flat to rolling. The narrowest
portion is near the village of Santa Cruz, where the mountain
slopes come within a few hundred yards of the coast. Elsewhere
the mountains are 3 to 25 miles from the coast. The flat plains
are limited to fairly narrow coastal strips and alluvial flats
along the lower stream courses. The largest of these are in the
Padada-Digos Valley, the area northwest of Daliao, and at the
head of Davao Gulf. The most important terrain features are
FIGURE II 3. Mindanao.
the remnants of old gravel terraces that rise above the general
Bukidnon Uplands. Looking WNW toward Pangantocan. 1939. Typi-
level in the inter-stream areas and command the plain and sea
cal undulating open grassy terrain in southern Bukidnon,
approaches. They have been dissected by streams until they
appear as low hills. Many of them are cleared for abaca fields
(1) Southern Mountain Region.
and could be climbed by tracked vehicles; others are steeper
This region includes the mountainous district in the south
and covered with trees. The belt of gravel terraces becomes
central part of the island. Its northeastern boundary is formed
much wider toward the head of Davao Gulf and continues al-
by the pass that is followed by the Cotabato-Davao highway.
most to the Agusan Basin to the north. On the east side of the
On the north is the broad Cotabato Basin. The peninsula east
gulf, the coastal plains vary considerably in width, and in many
of Sarangani Bay is almost entirely mountainous (FIGURE II
places the mountain foothills come out to the coast (FIGURE
4). West and northwest of Sarangani Bay, there are 2 rugged
II 7). In contrast to conditions on the western side, there is lit-
areas of volcanic peaks. Separating these areas is a low corridor
tle cultivated land on this side of the gulf.
extending from the northwestern corner of Sarangani Bay to
the southeastern corner of the Cotabato Basin. This corridor
(4) Eastern Mindanao Region.
(the Koronadal Valley) has recently been the scene of consid-
This region includes all of the easternmost part of Mindanao,
erable colonial activity, and is traversed by a highway com-
east of the Agusan Basin and the Davao Lowlands, and extends
pleted just prior to the war. The mountains continue to the
from Bilaa Point on the north to Cape San Agustin on
northwest without a break to a point northeast of Linao Bay.
the south. It is largely an area of mountainous terrain, with dis-
At this point the mountains become lower in elevation and
continuous coastal plains bordering the bays. The northern por-
continue as a low range of hills to Tapian Point. The entire
tion is formed by the Diuata Range. The mountain belt is al-
northwestern portion of the region, with the exception of the
most a continuous barrier 20 to 40 miles wide, having average
range of hills just mentioned, is a dissected plateau of lime-
elevations of about 3,800 feet in the north and 2,700 feet in the
stone and other sedimentary rocks. Its highest portion (2,000-
south. Individual peaks rise to 6,000 and 8,000 feet. The only
2,500 feet) is on the northern and northeastern side, where
breaks in its continuity are the Lake Mainit-Surigao corridor
there is an abrupt slope down to the Cotabato Basin. This
near the northern end. and the Lupon-Mari corridor that cuts
.T.
Confidential
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Page Il - 7
MALALAG BAY
FIGURE II 4. Mindanao,
Malalag Bay, Davao Gulf. Looking SE. 1935. Forested mountainous terrain typical of the Southern Mountain Region.
FIGURE II 5. Mindanao.
Central Mountain Region. Looking SE. Malaybalay village in foreground. 1935. Western front of the Central Mountain Region, at the eastern
edge of the Bukidnon Uplands.
Page Il 8
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
across the narrow neck of the peninsula east of Davao Gulf.
Hinatuan, Lianga, Lanuza, Carrascal, and Becebos. The maxi-
West of Hinatuan Bay, the mountain belt is narrow (only
mum width of these coastal lowlands is about 7 miles.
about 10 miles wide); and this was selected as the best location
(5) Agusan Basin.
for a road connecting the east coast with the central portion of
This large valley extends nearly the entire north-south length
the Agusan Basin. There is much limestone that has been
of eastern Mindanao. The Agusan River which drains this basin
elevated to heights of from 500 to 1,000 feet along the east
is 130 miles long. Its source is in the mountain district east of
coast. Such areas are difficult to cross because of the rough
Davao Gulf. The basin proper begins near Moncayo, at the
surfaces, steep-sided ravines, and vertical cliffs facing the sea
northern edge of the low hilly zone that separates it from the
(FIGURE II 8). Remnants of such plateau areas stand out as
lowland at the head of Davao Gulf. From Moncayo northward,
isolated hills on many of the coastal plains. The plains border-
there is a broad, flat trough all the way to the north coast. There
ing the east coast are isolated from each other and from the rest
are no broad areas of foothills bordering the plain, and moun-
of the island (FIGURE II - 9). The largest of these plains are
tains rise abruptly from the plain along much of the eastern
found bordering the larger bays, such as Mayo, Cateel, Bislig,
side. An important feature of the basin is the marsh and lake
MINDANAOL.
DAVAO GULF
DAVAO
FIGURE II 6. Mindanao.
Davao Lowlands. Daliao plain. Looking NW from a point about 8 miles NE of Astorga. 1935. Narrow strip of coconut palms near coast. Exten-
sive abaca plantations in Sirawan valley in rear. Plantations and second growth woodland in middle distance. Highland border on horizon.
MINDANAOL
Piso
FIGURE II 7. Mindanao,
East side of Davao Gulf. Looking NE toward Piso Point. 1935. Mountainous absent. topography, Dense tropical rain forest growth. Coastal lowlands
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Page Il 9
FIGURE Il 8. Mindanao.
Entrance to Lamon anchorage. Steep-walled, densely forested coast, typical of east coast peninsulas on Mindanao.
district in the central portion. This is a serious barrier to cross-
country movement. The highest and best drained portions of
the flat plain are along the banks of the river, or along the old
banks of abandoned stream channels (FIGURE II - 10).
FIGURE Il 10. Mindanao.
Agusan Basin. Looking SE over Talacogon village. 1939. Wooded and
cultivated areas on slightly higher ground next to river. Marsh grass on
lower land farther back from river.
(6) Bukidnon Uplands.
This region, located in the central part of the island, is char-
acterized by wide, sweeping, grass-covered valleys and slopes,
surmounted by more or less isolated groups of volcanic moun-
rains. The northern end of the uplands lies only a mile or two
from the head of Macajalar Bay, and rises abruptly from the
narrow coastal plain. On the south, the uplands slope gently
southward, merging with the gravel terraces and low hills that
border the northern side of the Cotabato Basin. As a rule, the
surfaces of the valleys and slopes lie at elevations of between
1,500 and 3,000 feet, and slope away gradually from the groups
of mountains.
FIGURE Il 9. Mindanao.
The largest mountain groups are the Katanglad and Kala-
Careel River. 1942.
Obstacles to overland travel: steep cliffs, thick vegetation cover, and
tungan Mountains (FIGURE Il - 11). There are also a few iso-
boulder-strewn river.
lated volcanic cones rising above the general level of the up-
Page Il 10
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
MARAMAS
FIGURE Il 11. Mindanao.
Bukidnon Uplands. Looking NW over Maramag village toward southeastern end of Kalatungan Mountains 1935. Typical distribution of grass-
lands and forests.
land plains, In the northern part of the region, the streams that
narrow coastal plain (FIGURE Il - 12). This escarpment is cut
radiate outward from the Katanglad Range have cut deep,
by innumerable steep-sided ravines. Supporting this defensive
steep-sided trenches into the gently sloping deposits of vol-
line are flanking positions for secondary defense that can be es-
canic material that constitute much of the region. Farther south,
tablished along the larger canyon-like trenches that are cut
along the middle course of the Pulangi River, the slopes are
into the plateau, particularly the trenches of the Cagayan and
less dissected, and the country has the appearance of gently un-
Tagoloan Rivers and their tributaries (FIGURE II - 13). Near
dulating prairies.
the headwaters of the Maridagao River there is a pass that gives
From a military standpoint, the most important factors in the
access southeastward from the Iligan Bay-Lake Lanao district
geography of the region are: the numerous airfield sites (many
(FIGURE Il - 14), but the dense forest west of the pass would
of which require little more than cutting or burning the tough,
be a handicap to overland travel there.
tall "cogon" grass to make them usable as emergency landing
fields); the general suitability of the terrain for large scale mili-
(7) Lanao Uplands.
tary operations; the central position on the island; and the natu-
West of the Bukidnon Uplands, and extending toward the
ral approaches from the south and north.
narrow isthmus between Iligan and Illana Bays, is an area of
The most logical approach from the south is up the Pulangi
diverse terrain features. The southeastern part is formed by a
River valley, along the Sayre Highway. There are few points
range of high volcanic peaks trending almost east-west, includ-
where hilly terrain constricts the southern approach, but there
ing Mount Piapayungan (9,233 feet), Mount Ragang, and
are possible defensive positions near Kibawe. The Maridagao
Mount Latukan (7,598 feet). The lower slopes of this range are
valley is a poor route of approach from the south because of the
long and sweeping, similar to those in the Mount Apo district.
rough terrain along much of its lower course. The Central
In the northeastern part of the area, extending northwestward
Mountain Region forms an effective barrier along the eastern
from the Bukidnon Uplands Region, and forming the peninsula
side of the Bukidnon Uplands. The mountains rise abruptly
between Iligan and Macajalar Bays, is an area of hilly terrain,
(FIGURE Il . 5), and only poor foot trails lead across from the
not particularly high (average elevation 800 to 2,000 feet).
Agusan Basin.
but exceedingly rough.
The most logical defensive position against approaches from
The coastal plain bordering Mindanao Sea is narrow, except
the north (Macajalar Bay) is the escarpment that borders the
at the head of Panguil Bay (the narrow extension of Iligan
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Page Il 11
FIGURE II 12. Mindanao,
Northern edge of Bukidnon Uplands. Looking S from Bugo on Macajalar Bay. 1936. The dissected escarpment seen in the middle distance offers
good natural defenses. (See also Figures IV 70 and IV 71).
1958
FIGURE II 14. Mindanao.
Bukidnon Uplands. Kidanguin River near its junction with the Mari-
dagao. Looking N toward lower slopes of Kalatungan Mountains. 1939.
1648942
The pass berween the upper Maridagao valley and the Lake Lanao area
is in the far left rear.
FIGURE 11 13. Mindanao.
Bukidnon Uplands. Mangima Canyon, at crossing point of Sayre (Ma-
(FIGURE II - 15), and continues eastward on the east side of the
laybalay-Cagayan) Highway. Looking N toward Tagoloan Canyon.
lake toward the pass leading to the Bukidnon Region.
1939. Characteristic gorge-dissected terrain of northern Bukidnon
Region.
On the west side of the lake, and paralleling it, is the Gurain
(Gurayan) Mountain Range. This range swings westward near
the southwestern end of the lake, and widens southward as far
Bay), where there are great expanses of mangrove swamps. The
as the coast of Illana Bay, forming a belt of rough terrain that
major part of the region consists of an undulating to rolling
blocks land communications between the eastern and northern
land surface that rises gradually from Iligan Bay to Lake Lanao
portions of Illana Bay. At the western end of the region, there
Page Il 12
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
is only a belt of low hills separating the coastal plains at the
of Sibuguey Bay. One of the few cross-country routes in the re-
heads of Illana and Iligan Bays. This isthmus has considerable
gion lies between the lower part of this valley and the small
strategic significance because it affords the easiest crossing of
port of Malangas, on the west side of Dumanquilas Bay. The
Mindanao from south to north. Within the region, there are
only good land exit from the region is the coastal road that
3 points toward which land communications focus in the Lanao
skirts the north coast. The western terminus of this road is
Upland Region. These are the gap between Illana and Iligan
Sindangan, on Sindangan Bay. Foot or pack trails afford the
Bays (mentioned above); the pass at the southwestern end of
only means of cross-country movement across Zamboanga
Lake Lanao, berween the southern end of the Gurain Range
Peninsula. Movement along routes paralleling the southern
and the northwestern end of the volcanic region lying south
coast is hindered by hill spurs that form rocky peninsulas, by
of the lake (FIGURE II 16); and the gap at the northern end
rough coral terraces, and by swampy stream mouths.
of Lake Lanao (near Dansalan) between the Gurain Range
and the northwestern extension of the Kalatungan Mountains
(9) Cotabato Basin.
This large lowland covers 1,800 square miles. It opens west-
ward to the east side of Moro Gulf. It is approximately 60 miles
long, from northwest to southeast, and 30 miles wide (FIGURE
II - 19). It is similar to the Agusan Basin in that it contains
large areas of poorly drained land, such as the Libungan and
Liguasan marshes (FIGURE II - 20), and a dense network of
sluggish, winding streams. The northern portion of the region
is bordered by a zone of low, gravel and limestone terraces. The
eastern portion merges with the long slopes of the volcanoes in
the Mount Apo area, and the southern border is formed by the
steep northern front of the Southern Mountain Region. At sev-
eral places, isolated, low, flat-topped hills of soft limestone rise
above the flat surface of the plain, such as the Cotabato airfield,
Reina Regente, and Pikit (Fort Pikit).
FIGURE II 15. Mindanao.
Entrances to the region, except by sea, have already been
Lanao Uplands, near Dansalan. Looking NW from north end of
treated in the descriptions of adjacent regions. These entrances
Lake Lanao, across Saguiaran valley toward Illigan Bay. 1943. Charac-
teristic undulating terrain.
include: the Koronadal corridor from Sarangani Bay; the
pass from the west side of Davao Bay; the Bukidnon Upland
(8) Western Mindanao.
route via the Pulangi valley; and the Lake Lanao-Illana Bay
The western end of Mindanao, including Zamboanga and
route, via the Malabang coastal plain and the Balut Lake dis-
Misamis Occidental Provinces, is essentially an area of rough
trict (FIGURE II - 21). The highways of the area generally
mountainous terrain and isolated segments of coastal plains.
The greater portion of the rugged terrain lies at elevations of
avoid the poorly drained sections, keeping to the slightly higher
terraces along the northern side of the basin. Approaches from
from 2,000 to 4,000 feet, but Mount Malindang in the center of
the seaward side would be hindered by the Distributaries of the
Misamis Oriental Province (west of Iligan Bay) rises to 7,956
Mindanao River.
feet. The interior of Western Mindanao is difficult of access
(FIGURE II - 17), and is little known. The longest and widest
(10) Adjacent islands.
coastal plains are found at the southern end of Zamboanga
There are 88 islands exceeding 1/2 mile in diameter which
Peninsula (FIGURE II 18), and along the western side of Ili-
are adjacent to Mindanao. They vary greatly in physical char-
gan Bay. Even here, however, the width of the plains does not
acter and military importance. One of these, Samal Island (FIG-
exceed 5 miles. Another fairly large lowland extends up the
Sibuguey River for about 20 miles, from the northeastern head
URE II - 22), has particular significance because it is large and
lies near the head of Davao Gulf and opposite the city of Davao.
FIGURE Il 16. Mindanao.
Lanao Uplands. Looking S along west side of Lake Lanao, Gurian Mountains to right. Ganassi Peaks in distance to left. The gap between is utilized
by the Dansalan-Cotabaro highway.
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Page Il 13
FIGURE Il 17. Mindanao.
Zamboanga Province. Looking NW on west side of Dumanquilas Bay. 1931. Typical hilly terrain. Dense forests in interior.
D. Sulu Archipelago and Basilan Island.
and as a general rule, such travel would not be difficult, as there
All of the larger islands in the chain that extends from the
are wide areas of open grasslands and cultivated fields. Swampy
southwestern tip of Mindanao to norrheastern Borneo are
areas would hinder deployment of troops in some of the coastal
rugged and forested. Of these, only Jolo and Tapul contain ap-
flats such as in the vicinity of the town of Jolo and along the
preciable areas of flat to rolling land, with adequate cross-island
shores of Tutu and Maimbung Bays.
routes for military operations. Many of the smaller islands in
(3) Tawitawi Island.
the archipelago, however, are low and flat, and appear to have
This large island, located. near the southwestern end of the
suitable sites for airfield development.
Sulu Archipelago, is 32 miles long from southwest to north-
(1) Basilan Island.
east, and is from 5 to 16 miles wide. Most of the interior is
The large island lying south of Zamboanga Peninsula (Min-
rough, hilly terrain (FIGURE II - 24). The highest point is
danao) is Basilan. It is 35 miles long from east to west, and 23
Mount Sibankat (1,803 feet), There are only a few fairly large
miles wide. Most of the interior is hilly to mountainous, the
areas of low, level land, such as at the extreme southwestern
highest peak, Basilan Peak, rising to an elevation of 3,317 feet.
end of the island (FIGURE II 25), and near the northwestern
There is a series of mountain peaks encircling the interior of
end, between the Dungun River and Kula Kula Channel. The
the island 5 or 6 miles inland from the coast. Within this cir-
half of the island southeastward from Mount Sibankat is com-
cle the terrain is less high, consisting of rolling upland country.
posed of sedimentary rocks which have been dissected without a
The largest lowland area is along the northern coast in the
regular pattern of valleys and ridge lines. The northwestern
vicinity of Lamitan, the largest settlement on the island. The
half, on the other hand, is composed of a different type of rock,
lowland along the southwestern coast is flat and swampy.
and there is formed a more or less continuous central ridge,
trending northeast-southwest. Several airfield sites are reported
(2) Jolo Island.
in the small islands that lie off the southwestern part of Tawi-
tawi.
Jolo Island is 38 miles long from west to east, and 3 to 14
miles wide. Several volcanic peaks and hills rise singly from
(4) Lesser islands.
gently rising slopes (FIGURE II - 23), The highest and most
There are 165 islands in the Sulu Archipelago which have a
rugged part of the island is in the west, where more than 10
diameter exceeding 1/2 mile. Most of these are small, but some
peaks rise above 1,000 feet elevation, with 6 of these surpassing
have potential military value and should be studied in detail.
2,000 feet. Some of these volcanic peaks have craters at their
FIGURES II - 26 and II - 27 show characteristic terrain for some
summits. Between some of the peaks are wide passes or valleys
of the lower islands.
followed by roads that serve the island exceptionally well. Most
of the useable gaps trend from north to south. Many gullies and
E. Northern and Eastern Borneo.
ravines dissect the steeper hill slopes. The mountain peaks
Few details are known about terrain conditions in the interior
and hills are only local barriers to cross-country travel,
part of this region. The coastal districts, on the other hand, are
Page II 14
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
fairly well known, particularly along the west coast. The in-
There are no well-developed cross-island routes. The almost
terior consists almost entirely of highlands, most of which are
continuous covering of forest, the hilly to mountainous terrain,
composed of rough terrain. High mountain ranges do not con-
and the lack of settlements in the interior have effectively dis-
stitute a large percentage of the land area except in the north-
couraged the construction of roads between the eastern and
western portion of the region, where a series of ranges, trend-
western coasts. Most travel in the interior is either by boat along
ing from northeast to southwest forms a barrier to east-west,
the larger rivers, or by foot over native trails. The best potential
cross-country travel. The highest of these ranges is the Crocker
route for cross-island road development leads westward from
Range, which culminates in Mount Kinabalu, elevation 13,498
Sandakan to the basin in the upper Sugut valley east of Mount
feet (FIGURE II - 28). There are several places in the interior
Kinabalu, and joins the Kota Belud-Pegalan valley-Beaufort
where stream valleys widen to form flat to rolling, basin-like
route at Ranau.
depressions, such as in the Pegalan valley southeast of Jessel-
Instead of dividing Borneo into terrain regions as was done
ton, and along some of the upper tributaries of the Koetai,
in the descriptions of Halmahera and Mindanao, only 2 di-
Kajan, Sembakoeng, and Sugur Rivers. With the exception of
visions (corresponding to the areas under Dutch and British
the Pegalan valley, these basins are isolated, and of little mili-
control prior to the war) will be described.
tary importance.
Coastal lowlands are wider along the east coast than on the
(1) Dutch Borneo (north of the Equator).
west, because the largest rivers in the region flow out to the
This part of the region is essentially an area of rough, hilly
eastern or northeastern coasts, building extensive alluvial
terrain, fringed on the west by a low mountain range, and on
plains and deltas near their mouths. A characteristic of nearly
the east and south by wide, flat, poorly drained, alluvial plains.
all of the coastal areas is the presence of isolated hills or groups
The largest area of such river plains is in the southeast, in the
of hills that rise steeply from the surrounding lowlands without
basin of the Koetai River. Another area of low, marshy
any regular pattern of distribution or alignment (FIGURE Il -
river plains is found in the multiple deltas of the Kajan, Sesa-
29).
jap, and Sembakoeng Rivers. The Sangkoelirang and Beraoe
FIGURE II 18. Mindanao.
Zambounga coastal plain, looking NW from Caldera Bay, 8 miles west of Zamboanga. 1925. Cultivated lowlands, forested highland interior.
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Page Il 15
LANDING FIELD PIKIT, COTABATO, MINDANAQ P.I.
FIGURE II 19. Mindanão.
Cotabato Basin. Looking NW from Pikit toward highlands at basin edge. 1935.
Rivers also have broad lowlands near their mouths. A large
the coastal lowlands become narrower toward the north, and
portion of the interior consists of dissected plateau country.
are displaced entirely by hilly terrain in several places north of
Stream valleys are deep and narrow. The underlying rock is
Tuaran. The Crocker Range forms almost a continuous wall
principally sedimentary, including much sandstone. Cross-coun-
facing the west coast, about 10-15 miles inland. It is broken by
try travel is hindered more by stream gorges and dense vegeta-
only one major pass-the gorge of the Padas River, southeast
tion than by mountain barriers. The highest chain is the Muller
of Beaufort. Another pass that is much more difficult is located
Range, between 3,000 and 4,000 feet in elevation, which forms
along the southwestern flanks of Mount Kinabalu, and connects
the extreme southwestern corner of the region. The northern
the Ranau plain with the upper Tempasuk River that flows
extension of this range, the Iran Mountains, is lower. Still far-
out to the west coast northwest of Kota Belud. Northeast of
ther north, the mountains increase in elevation, and the range
Mount Kinabalu, the Crocker Range divides, one branch extend-
splits into several off-shoots which form the rugged mountain
ing north and forming the mountainous backbone of the penin-
chains of British North Borneo. If it were necessary, potential
sula west of Marudu Bay, and the other bending eastward to be
routes for motor roads could undoubtedly be found that would
joined by other ranges from the south.
connect Dutch East Borneo with Sarawak, Brunei, or British
The largest interior depression is the Pegalan valley that
North Borneo. To develop any such routes, however, would re-
forms a trough from northeast to southwest on the east side of
quire an immense amount of labor, primarily in clearing the
the Crocker Range. It varies in width, but at 2 points (near
forest, grading and filling, and constructing bridges.
Keningau and Tambunan) it is a flat, grassy basin several miles
in width. The exit southward from this valley is via the Padas
(2) British North Borneo.
gorge, and that northward is over a fairly low divide into the
This part of Borneo is much more rugged than the Dutch
Ranau plain, a partially dissected plateau lying east of the base
portion previously described. Along the west coast is a lowland
of Mount Kinabalu.
that is widest in the delta area of the Padas River. Hills that
East of the major drainage divide, in northern Borneo, the
rise steeply from the plain are scattered near the coast, but are
general features of the terrain are similar to those in the Dutch
grouped into a belt of foothills a few miles inland. In general,
territory farther south. The drainage basins are larger than those
Page Il 16
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
27613 A.O
FIGURE II 20. Mindanao.
Cotabato Basin. Liguasan Marsh, showing floating islands. 1936.
FIGURE Il 21. Mindanao.
Cotabato Basin. Looking NE toward Lanao Uplands 1939. Typical terrain in the Balut Lake district along the route from the Malabang coastal
plain to the Corobato Basin.
west of the divide, the streams are larger, there are broad
hindered by the swamp and marsh lands and also by the belts
swampy areas near the river mouths, and there is less mountain-
of heavily forested hills that occasionally rise above the low-
ous terrain. Land travel parallel to the coast would be greatly
lands in the inter-stream areas.
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Page Il 17
579
SAMALL
PENAPLATH
FIGURE II 22. Mindanao.
Davao Gulf. Samal Island, looking N toward head of gulf. 1935. Characteristic terrain on west side of island.
(See also Chapter IV, Topic 43, R).
FIGURE II 23. Sulu Archipelago.
Jolo Island. Looking W. 1936. Typical terrain in vicinity of Seit.
Page Il 18
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
TAWI TAMI I
FIGURE II - 24. Swin Archipelago.
Tawitawi Island. Looking S. 1937. Hilly terrain typical of most sections of the high islands in southern portion of the Sulu Archipelago.
FIGURE II - 25. Sulu Archipelago,
Tawitawi Island. Looking SW at southwestern corner. 1935. One of the few possible airfield sites on the island.
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Page Il 19
FIGURE Il 26. Sulu Archipelago,
Western shore of Tapul Island. Looking NE 1935. Cultivated terrain typical of lowlands of islands of the Tapal group.
(3) Adjacent islands.
For purposes of more detailed description, Northern
There are 72 islands whose maximum diameter exceeds 1/2
Celebes has been sub-divided into two regions: an eastern re-
mile which are adjacent to Northern and Eastern Borneo. These
gion including the Minahasa and Bolaing-Mongondow Prov-
differ greatly in physical character and military value, but
inces, and a western region, hereafter called the Northern
should be studied in detail. Tarakan Island is discussed und.r
Peninsula, including all of the peninsula west of the Ongkag-
topic 26, Critical Areas.
Doemoga River.
F. Northern Celebes and adjacent islands.
(1) Minabasa-Bolaäng-Mongondow Region.
Except for the extreme northeastern or Minahasa end of
From a military point of view, this region is much more sig-
Celebes, the area north of the Equator has a comparatively sim-
nificant than the rest of Northern Celebes. This is because of
ple framework of relief. In the interior is a central mountain
the availability of several cross-island routes and a fair network
backbone, which in a few places sends out tributary spurs
of motor roads, the presence of several well-drained, cleared
"en echelon" to the coast. The mountains comprise an unbroken
areas of flat land suitable for airfields, and a comparatively
rampart between the Celebes Sea and the Gulf of Tomini, ex-
numerous native population.
cept near Gorontalo and in the Minahasa Region.
There are 2 main corridors across the island: the Belang-
The coastal plains for the most part are narrow, although
Amoerang passage on the west, and the Manado-Kema valley
fairly continuous. Not all coastal lowlands of Northern Celebes
farther east. Of these, the latter is by far the easier, the highest
are universally favorable for military operations. This is due to
point on the route being only 764 feet in elevation. The former
swampy terrain which commonly is found immediately behind
the sandy beach ridges and near the mouths of the larger
requires an ascent of about 1,200 feet to the plateau level. Con-
streams.
necting these two routes is a lateral corridor, the Tondano
In the Minahasa Region, the relief pattern is quite different.
plateau, which includes the flat terrain in the vicinity of Lake
Here are found broad, upland flats and rolling country, sur-
Tondano. Routes connecting the interior basins and plateaus
mounted by several tall, volcanic cones. The approaches to these
with the coast are more frequent along the northwest coast
upland areas, particularly those from the southwest, are re-
than the southeast coast. A possible route from the west into the
stricted because of the deep, gorge-like valleys that cut into the
interior is from Gorontalo eastward up the Bone valley thence
plateau edge.
across a hilly divide to the plateau country near the headwaters
Page II 20
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
27649
FIGURE Il 27. Sulu Archipelago.
Tawitawi Group. Simunul Island, looking E. 1935. Terrain and vegetarion typical of the low islands in the Tawitawi group.
FIGURE Il - 28. British North Borneo.
Mount Kinabalu ( elevation 13,498 feet). Direction and date of view unknown.
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Page Il 21
FIGURE II 29. British North Borneo.
Northwestern coast. View near Jesselton. Direction and date unknown. Characteristic lowland scene during the wet season. Isolated hills rise above
the plain.
of the Ongkag-Doemoga River. A military road was planned
island route leads northward from Gorontalo to Koeandang,
along this route, but was never completed. This route would
and a discontinuous interior basin, consisting of the Bone River,
join with the main entrance to the Mongondow country (the
Lake Limboto, and Pagoejaman valleys, trends roughly east-
Lombagin-Kotamobagoe-Doemoga-kerjl road).
west (FIGURE II - 31). The lowlands are situated along the
The coastal plains on the northwest are wider than those
coast, and while fairly continuous laterally, they do not pene-
on the southeast. Included among those on the northwestern
trate far into the interior. The mountain backbone is almost
coast are the Amoerang and Manado lowlands, which extend in-
uniform in its sharpness and in its elevation (generally be-
land for about 3 miles up the Ranorapo and Manado Rivers re-
tween 6,000 and 7,000 feet). It is an effective barrier to cross-
spectively. The plateau surfaces become smaller and more iso-
country travel, and only in a few places is it crossed by native
lated toward the southwest, in the Mongondow area. The largest
foot trails. For the most part, it is a single ridge, although in a
is in the vicinity of Kotamobagoe. The region has many volcanic
few places it is bent, broken, and paralleled by one or more
peaks. These rise to elevations considerably greater than those
accessory ridges.
of the plateaus, lowlands, and corridors which they dominate.
The coastal plains along the southern side of the peninsula,
The highest volcanoes are Kalabat (6,590 feet), flanking the
facing the Gulf of Tomini, are more nearly continuous than
northeast side of the Manado-Kema corridor (FIGURE II 30);
the plains along the north coast, where there are a number of
Lokon (5,210 feet), lying southwest of Manado; and Soepoe-
high rugged peninsulas. The head of the Gulf of Tomini is bor-
tan (6,000 feet), southwest of Lake Tondano.
dered by a continuous coastal plain never more than about 1/2
Cross-country operations in the interior of the region would
mile wide. The widest coastal plains along the south coast from
not be particularly difficult. The main obstacles would be the
west to east are the Oja-Ongka plain, the Bolano-Moöetong
narrow ravines cut into the flanks of the volcanic peaks. Be-
plain, and the Marisa plain. These plains average about 8 to 10
tween the ravines, the land surface usually is gently rolling,
miles in width.
with many open, cultivated fields and tree plantations. Wet rice
On the opposite side of the peninsula, the principal coastal
paddies (sawabs) are found mainly on the flats surrounding
plains form a series from the Bay of Tamboe (Bocht van Tam-
Tondano Lake.
boe) on the southwest, to Lombagin on the east in the follow-
ing order:
(2) Northern Peninsula.
The western portion of northern Celebes differs from the
1. Pambero plain,
5. Kampoeng Baroe (or Tolitoli)
northeastern tip of the peninsula in that it is generally lacking
2. Moente-Siboa plain,
plain,
3. Lendjoe-Pepe plain,
6. Boeal-Matinan plain,
in interior plateaus, basins, and cross-island corridors. An ex-
4. Maradja River lowland,
7. Paleleh plain, and
ception to this is in the Gorontalo district where a good cross-
8. Koeandang plain.
Page 11 22
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
FIGURE II 30. Celebes.
Minahasa Region. Mount Kalabat, Looking E from Manado-Tomobon Road. 1937.
FIGURE Il 31. Celebes.
Northern Peninsula. Lake Limboro, near Gorontalo. Date and direction of view unknown. Low marshy shores in foreground. Highlands back of
opposite shores.
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Page Il 23
These coastal lowlands would not be suitable for the deploy-
22. Drainage and Water Supply
ment of mechanized forces except locally, because of swamps,
and it is doubtful if there are many places suitable for airfield
The drainage and water supply of each of the major sectors
of the Celebes Sea Area are discussed individually in the fol-
development. Exits from the plains are only lateral (parallel to
lowing paragraphs.
the coast), and none of them provides access to the strategic
Minahasa Region at the northeastern end of the peninsula.
A. Halmahera and adjacent islands.
The only district that appears to have strategic importance
Drainage conditions in many parts of Halmahera are un-
from a terrain standpoint is the Gorontalo district. Here is a
favorable for military operations, but water supply is generally
lowland, the Limboto plain, lying inland from the coast, with
adequate for large forces.
one narrow gap in the coastal range as its only southern ap-
(1) Rivers.
proach (FIGURE II . 32). A pass leading from Limboto plain
The rivers in Halmahera, without exception, are navigable
northward across the peninsula to Koeandang has a maximum
only for native canoes (praboes). Sandbars block the mouths of
elevation of only 1,384 feet, and a potential route leads east-
rivers preventing the entry of larger craft. Most of the streams
ward, via the upper Bone valley, to the Bolaäng-Mongondow
are short and swift. Almost all are fordable, however, except
plateau with its road connections to the Minahasa Region.
after heavy rains. The largest stream on the island is the Kaoe
River, and it is the only one which is navigable by large prahoes
(3) Adjacent islands.
of 3 to 4 foot draft for any considerable distance. The sandbar
at the mouth of Kaoe River is awash at low tide. This river is a
There are 29 islands a mile or more in diameter which are
barrier to military advance. Other streams that would be minor
adjacent to Northern Celebes. The largest island is 12 miles
barriers to cross-country travel in their lower courses are the
long. Most of the islands are less than 2 miles long. Some of
Tiabo (north of Galela), the Mede (between Galela and To-
these islands have military significance in that they flank the
belo), the Akelamo (near the end of the northeast peninsula),
approaches to critical areas in Northern Celebes.
the Sangadji (on the southwest side of Boeli Bay), the Lamo
FIGURE II 32. Celebes.
Northern Peninsula. Looking N. and inland through gap in coastal range toward Gorontalo and east-west valley.
Page II 24
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
(on the Soesoepoe Plain), and the Iboe (mid-way on the west
sufficiently large to be an obstacle to overland travel. There are
coast of the northern peninsula).
no lakes of sufficient size to be of any military significance.
There are a few small swamps located on the flat coastal plains,
(2) Lakes.
particularly near the mouths of the small valleys. They are
The only lake of any significance on Halmahera is Galela
not of sufficient size, however, to be effective barriers. Although
Lake, located several miles inland from the head of Galela Bay.
little accurate information is available, it appears that water
It is about 2.6 miles long from east to west, and about 1 mile
supply would not present serious problems, except for unusually
at its greatest width. It is reported to be suitable for a seaplane
large military operations. Since there are no rivers or streams
anchorage.
with a permanent flow, the normal fresh water supply is ob-
tained from wells.
(3) Swamps.
Swamps and marshes constitute one of the greatest obstacles
C. Mindanao and adjacent islands.
to military operations on the island. Their most common loca-
tion is near the mouths of the larger streams and paralleling the
In addition to the text material following, a great deal of in-
shoreline behind the beaches, although in a few cases they may
formation about drainage and water supply will be found in
continue for several miles inland along the stream courses. The
the regional relief descriptions in Topic 21.
swamps are poorly drained areas that are periodically flooded
by fairly shallow water and tend to have a forest vegetation,
(1) Rivers.
while the grassy marsh areas develop where there is deeper
Despite the large size of Mindanao, there are only 2 rivers
flooding. As a general rule, the marshes are even more difficult
that can be used for water transportation. These are the Agusan
to cross on foot than the dense palm forests of the swamps.
and Mindanao-Pulangi Rivers.
Mangrove swamps are commonly found along the muddy
(4) Agusan River. This river has the following depths at
shores of sheltered bays, such as in Loloda, Djailolo and Dodin-
its western entrance: 9 to 10 feet at low water, 12 to 14 feet at
ga bays, and at river mouths. Listed below are the largest areas
high water over the bar. Above Butuan, it is usually navigable
of poorly drained land on the island, given by terrain regions.
for about 12 miles by vessels of 8-foot draft or less. At this point
(No distinction is made between swamps and marshes.)
there is a rocky obstruction over which boats of 6-foot draft
can pass. The river is navigable in all seasons by boats of 5-foot
(a) Southern Halmabe-
(c) Northern Halmabe-
draft as far as Esperanza, and in all but the driest weather as
Fd.
fd.
far as Lake Lumao, almost 60 miles from the mouth. In the
East coast
East coast
Northwest of Foja
Northeast of Akelamo on
wet season, launches with a 5-foot draft may go upstream as
Northwest of Weda
the norchwest side of
far as Bunawan and Veruela. While the Agusan is fairly deep
Along the lower course of
Kaoe Bay
and wide (from 400 to 800 feet), the channels constantly
the Kobe River
Middle portion of Kaoe
shift, and it is advisable to use local guides wherever possible.
West coast
River Valley
The entire river basin, for 15 to 20 miles on either side of the
North of Lifofa
North of Galela
West and northwese of
West coast
river, is low and traversed by a network of interlocking water
Pajaheislam
East side of Loloda Bay
courses. The highest ground is found along the stream banks.
(b) Central Halmabera.
South of the mouth of the
(b) Mindanao-Pulangi River. The bar at the mouth of
Iboe River
East coast
the Cotabato entrance to the Mindanao River has only about 5
Central portion of the south
The head of Djailolo Bay
feet of water over it at low tide. The south entrance is used only
coast of Boeli Bay
The north side of Dodinga
The lower portion of the
Bay
by small native craft. The lower part of the river is navigable
(d) Morotai.
to launches of 5. to 7-foot draft as far as Paidu-Pulangi at low
Sangadji River valley
South side of Kaoe Bay
Southeast of Wajaboela on the
water, and to Pikit at high water. Small launches can go up to
West coast
west coast.
Kabacan at low water, and to the Lumatan River at high water.
Berween Cape Dobegasi
(e) Batjan Island.
There are only a few stretches of firm ground along the lower
and Akelamo
East of Laboeha
course of the river for good boat or barge landings or for bridge
Along the mainland coast
East side of Sambaki Strait on
approaches. The current is fairly strong. The lower valley is
opposite the Woda Is-
the west coast.
covered largely by rice paddies (FIGURE II 33), and the num-
lands
erous water courses that form a network over the valley floor
(4) Water supply.
would be a handicap to military operations.
Nowhere in the area, does the difficulty of obtaining drinking
(c) Other rivers. The other rivers are not navigable by
water arise. Nearly all villages obtain their drinking water from
river launches except for very short distances (usually less than
wells, generally only sufficient for village requirements. The
2 miles) near their mouths. As a general rule, they are obstacles
water supply can be increased in any locality by digging addi-
to movement only on the flat, narrow coastal plains, where they
tional wells, or by utilizing the water in streams. Inland, moun-
commonly have tidal characteristics, or in the mountains, where
tain streams are available everywhere. It is advisable, however,
they become raging torrents following heavy rains.
to boil or treat all drinking water to remove possible con-
(2) Lakes.
tamination.
There are many large lakes on Mindanao, but most of them
B. Sangihe-Talaud Islands.
are located in the marsh and swamp country in the Agusan and
Cotabato Basins, and have poor shores or are difficult of access.
These islands are well drained for the most part.
Lake Mainit south of Surigao, and Lake Lanao, northeast of
There are no navigable rivers, and none of the streams is
Illana Bay, however, have potentialities as seaplane anchorages.
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Page Il 25
D. Sulu Archipelago.
None of the streams of this group of islands is large enough
to be of any value for water transportation. A few have swampy
tidal estuaries that would be troublesome to cross-country move-
ments. There are no lakes of military importance in the archi-
pelago. There are 2 general locations for swamps on these is-
lands. One location is along low, muddy, sheltered coasts, where
mangrove is almost universally present. The other location is
along the lower courses of the streams, where they cross flat
coastal plains.
Fresh water is difficult to obtain in the Sulu Archipelago, es-
pecially from December to May. No difficulty will be encoun-
tered on Basilan or Jolo Islands, but elsewhere water is at a
premium, since there are few permanent streams, springs, wells,
or other all-year sources, Shallow wells are dug, from which
limited quantities of brackish water are obtained, and cisterns
for collecting rainwater are fairly common. If traveling south
through the archipelago, large supplies of fresh water should
be stocked at Jolo and Siasi in preparation for water shortages
farther south. During the dry months, water is the chief concern
of the native population in many parts of the southern islands,
FIGURE II 33. Mindanao,
and they are reluctant to give or sell water.
Western Cotabato Basin. Flooded rice fields. Looking NE from a point
a few miles east of Cotobato. 1939.
E. Borneo and adjacent islands.
(a) Lake Mainit. This egg-shaped lake is about 15 miles
Drainage conditions are of primary military significance in
long from north to south, and 4 to 9 miles wide, the widest por-
many parts of Borneo.
tion being near the northern end. It is relatively clear of obstruc-
(1) Rivers.
tions, and there are several sections of shoreline suitable for
beaching seaplanes.
Within the portion of Borneo treated in this study, there is
a great contrast between the rivers that flow toward the west
(b) Lake Lanao, This is the largest lake on the island, and
coast and those flowing toward the east coast. The former are
is located on the Lanao Plateau at an elevation of 2,297 feet. It
commonly short and swift, and are of use for water transporta-
is clear and deep. Its use by seaplanes is handicapped mainly by
tion only for short distances. The main exception is the Padas
the frequent squalls which arise suddenly, particularly in the
River, which is navigable by large launches for a considerable
late afternoon.
distance inland. In their lowest courses, where they lie on flat
(3) Swamps.
coastal plains (FIGURE Il 29), the west-flowing rivers may
The 2 great swamp and marsh areas of the Cotabato and
often be unfordable during the wet season, thus hindering over-
Agusan Basins already have been mentioned under the descrip-
land travel laterally along the coast. The rivers flowing toward
tion of terrain. They are significant barriers to any cross-country
the east are large, and form the main routes of access into the
troop movement at any season of the year. They contain innu-
interior. They are also major barriers to overland travel at
merable interlocking watercourses, lakes, and ponds. The coast-
right angles to their courses, since fords and good bridge sites
al plains on the island all contain some more or less poorly
are rare, particularly along the lower courses. In their lower
drained land, the amount being roughly proportional to the ex-
reaches these rivers wind back and forth across flat, periodically
tent of the flat land. The larger areas of coastal plain swamps
flooded river plains. Usually there is a chaotic maze of drainage
are at the head of Davao Gulf; near the mouth of the Agusan
channels ("pintasans" or "antasans") and abandoned river
River; at the head of Panguil Bay (the innermost section of Ili-
bends that have ponded water ("danaus") in them on these
gan Bay); at the extreme southeastern tip of Zamboanga Penin-
plains. Winding ridges of slightly higher ground border the
sula; and at the mouths of streams flowing into Sibuguey and
present main river channels, as well as the sites of previous river
Dumanquilas Bays.
courses. The river bottom along the lower reach is almost al-
ways muddy. On the Beraoe River (the lower Kelai and Segah
(4) Water supply.
Rivers) the first firm gravel bank in the stream is not reached
There is no problem of an adequate fresh water supply in
until 50 miles above Redeb Point.
Mindanao. Streams, lakes, springs, and wells could supply an
General statements as to the navigability of these rivers can
unlimited number of troops. The only possible exception to this
be misleading. Some of the reasons for this are:
condition is in some of the porous limestone areas, such as be-
Wide fluctuations in volume. A difference in depth of 33 feer
tween Linao Bay and the Cotabato Basin, and on some of the
has been observed at one point, and a rise of 16 feet in a single
adjacent islands. These areas, however, are small. A large por-
hour was recorded on one of the mountain streams in the central
tion of the domestic drinking water on Mindanao is obrained by
part of the island.
collecting rain water. This is not because of a lack of fresh
Changing stream courses. A deep channel may be partially filled,
split, or shifted in a short period of time.
water, but rather to avoid contamination. All surface and ground
Temporary obstructions, particularly log jams-owing to the
water should be boiled or treated chemically before being used
common practice of dumping trees into the rivers following clear-
for drinking purposes.
ing for cultivation.
Page Il 26
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Sections with falls or rapids. Many of the rivers have narrow
(3) Swamps.
gorges along their middle courses, yet have long stretches of
Swamps and marshes are found on nearly all of the coastal
navigable water farther upstream. Use of rivers by large ocean
going vessels is hindered by bars at the river mouths, but several
plains, especially near the mouths of streams. Most of the fresh
rivers, such as the Kinabatangan, Sesajab, Kajan, Beraoe, and Maha-
water swamps contain much sago. The swamps are difficult to
kam, have been entered by vessels having less than 15-foor draft.
cross on foot, particularly during the wet season. The coastal
trails usually keep inland away from the swamps, or follow the
(2) Lakes.
narrow sandy beaches.
There are no lakes of any military significance in this portion
of Borneo.
(4) Water supply.
The supply of fresh water throughout the region is adequate
(3) Swamps.
for normal military requirements.
Swamps and marshes are a common feature of the terrain on
the broad, flooded, river plains. They include both forested
swamps and grassy marshes, depending on the depth of flooding.
23. Soil Trafficability
Although found along the lower courses of all of the larger
(FIGURE II 44).
rivers, the swamps are most extensive, and are very significant
terrain barriers in three broad areas:
Soil trafficability refers to the capacity of soil to support the
The Mahakam basin (the northern portion of which lies north
movement of military vehicles. It refers especially to cross-
of the equator and within the boundaries of this study).
country movement of vehicles and to traffic on unimproved
The multiple-delta region berween the mouths of the Kajan and
roads made of local soil, rather than to traffic on improved or
Sesajab Rivers.
surfaced roads.
The area between the Kinabatangan River and Sandakan Bay.
(4) Water supply.
A. General factors affecting soil trafficability.
There is no lack of fresh water in any portion of the main
The difference in trafficability between the coarse-, medium-,
island, owing to the heavy rainfall and numerous rivers and
and fine-textured soils is not as great in the Celebes Sea Area as
springs. Some of the smaller islands, however, particularly the
in higher latitudes. This results from the type of weathering
low coral islands to the northeast, have a water supply problem.
(lateritic) which is characteristic of the area and which gener-
ally produces medium-, and fine-textured soils which are friable
F. Celebes and adjacent islands.
and allow excess precipitation to drain rapidly. In spite of this,
the general soil trafficability is moderately unfavorable.
Drainage conditions are diverse in Celebes but water supply
Whenever seasons are referred to in this section, they are
is adequate almost everywhere.
those of the Northern Hemisphere, in keeping with the treat-
ment of climate and meteorology in Chapter V.
(1) Rivers.-
The frequent rainfall is cumulative in its adverse effect upon
There are no large rivers in Northern Celebès. A few streams
trafficability since there is little time for the soil to dry thor-
are navigable to small boats of shallow draft (3 to 4 feet) but
oughly between rains. The rainfall is also generally heaviest in
only for short distances. The rivers of Celebes usually have
the afternoon or evening, and this tends to prolong further the
characteristics typical of mountain streams along most of their
nontrafficable period, since much of the time between rains
courses, but where they cross the narrow coastal plains they are
occurs at night or in the morning when there are unfavorable
generally unfordable and wind across swampy flats.
conditions for the soil to dry.
The weather factors are generally unfavorable to the move-
(2) Lakes.
ment of vehicles, and largely offset the generally favorable drain-
There are several lakes in Northern Celebes, only 2 of which
age properties of the soils. Furthermore, the larger islands have
appear to be suitable for possible seaplane anchorages. The
heavily forested mountain regions in their interiors, which re-
largest is Lake Tondano, which has a greatest length of 7%
strict movement to discontinuous coastal plains separated by
miles, and a maximum width of 31/4 miles. It lies on the Ton-
rocky headlands and swampy areas, Many of the smaller islands
dano plateau, in the central portion of the Minahasa Region at
have steep, rocky slopes or, where they are of low elevation,
an elevation of 2,269 feet. Mountains lie near the northwestern
have a heavy mangrove cover. The most favorable soils for
and southeastern sides of the lake, but there are clear approaches
trafficability are those developed on coral atolls, coral islands,
by air from either the northeast or southwest end of the lake.
and uplifted coral rock along the coasts of the larger islands.
Lake Danau also appears to be large enough for a seaplane
These soils are generally trafficable at all times.
landing, but it is almost surrounded by high volcanic peaks. It
No soil surveys of any extent have been made in this area.
is 31'o miles long and 1 mile wide. The lake is located in
However, written descriptions and geologic information have
Bolaing-Mongondow Province, and is the source of the Poigar
been used to map the general soil trafficability where possible.
River.
Since geologic and topographic information is, itself, incom-
A third lake, Limboto, is located just west of the town of
plete, the soil trafficability boundaries are approximations. With
Gorontalo. It has the shape of a rough rectangle, is about 7
these considerations understood, the accompanying map (FIG-
miles long from east to west, and 4 miles wide. It is very shal-
URE II 44) and the general areal descriptions following
low, however, and may be dangerous for float plane use. It is
should be of use in determining routes of movement, and soil
bordered by considerable stretches of marshy ground (FIGURE
trafficability conditions to be encountered over chosen routes
II 31).
under different weather conditions.
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Page Il 27
B. Soil trafficability in Halmahera.
C. Sangibe-Talaud Islands.
On Halmahera and some of the larger islands, such as Moro-
Almost all of the islands of this area have coarse- and me-
tai, Batjan, Mandioli, Kasiroeta, Latalata, and Kajoa, coarse-
textured soils occur in rather narrow, discontinuous coastal
dium-textured soils developed from volcanic ash and lava.
strips. They are derived from layers of conglomerate, volcanic
These soils are trafficable except during and immediately after
ash, uplifted limestone, clay, and marl, interbedded in vary-
heavy rainfall. Some of the islands such as Siace and Sangihe
ing combinations. These soils are trafficable except when flood-
have active volcanoes. Most of the islands have rugged topog.
ed by very heavy rains. Access to them is made difficult in many
raphy and steep coastal cliffs, but the larger islands such as
places, however, by mangrove swamps. On some of the smaller
Sangihe, Karakelong, Salebaboe, and Kaboeroeang have some
islands, such as those of the Widi group off the southeast coast
low coastal areas, parts of which are swampy and always non-
of Halmahera, the coarse-textured soils are derived entirely
trafficable. Marie Islet in the Kawio group is low and sandy and
from uplifted coral rock, drain very rapidly, and should be
should be trafficable at all times. Average rainfall in these
trafficable at all times.
islands is about 135 inches and shows no significant seasonal
The most common soils in the Halmahera group of islands
variation, so that throughout the year there will be periods of
nontrafficable conditions.
are those which range in texture from coarse to medium. They
include sandy loams, stony loams, and loams. These are de-
D. Mindanao.
veloped from a variety of rock types, including old consolidated
volcanic debris, more recent volcanic flows and ejected vol-
Because of lack of complete information on the soils and
canic debris, sandstone, conglomerate, coarse- and medium-
geology of this area, the trafficability map has been adapted
textured alluvium, schists, and granite. They extend entirely
from Pendleton's agricultural topography map. This divides
across the islands in some places, such as the northern peninsula
the area into convenient units, based on topography and land
of Halmahera, and the southern peninsula of Halmahera in the
use, which also reflect to a useful degree the type of soil and
vicinity of Weda; also on Ternate, Tidore, Moti, Makian, Gebe,
trafficability.
Gag, and Kofiau. At other places in the islands these soils are
The low plains and gentle slopes of hills, not more than
separated from the coast soils which are usually coarse-textured,
several hundred feet above sea level, have mostly arable, well-
as in southeastern Morotai and on Kasiroeta, Batjan and Man-
drained soils except in marsh and swamp districts. Most land of
dioli. Taken as a group, these soils should be trafficable except
this type occurs along low parts of the coast and marginal strips
during and immediately following heavy precipitation. How-
of the main river valleys. The soils are in large part developed
ever, where they occur in heavily forested mountain regions,
from poorly consolidated alluvial and littoral sedimentary de-
their trafficability will be very poor regardless of weather.
posits, tertiary sediments, and both extrusive and intrusive
Fine-textured soils also cover large areas on Morotai and Hal-
igneous rocks. The soils developed are mostly trafficable except
mahera. These include silty clay loams, clay loams, and clays that
during and immediately after heavy rainfall.
are developed from dark-colored igneous rocks, limestone, marl,
Another group of readily trafficable soils consists of those
and fine-textured alluvium. These soils are friable; although
developed on high land with gently sloping areas large enough
slippery when wet, they recover rapidly from the effects of pre-
for extensive cultivation. Usually these are friable and well-
cipitation. They may be considered somewhat less trafficable
drained clay soils from unconsolidated volcanic debris, although
than the coarse- and medium-textured soils, These soils also
some alluvial soils are included. They are mostly trafficable ex-
occur in mountainous regions where unfavorable topography
cept during and immediately after heavy precipitation. The
restricts ground movement.
gentle slopes on which they occur are those flanking large
Intermittently flooded soils occur at many places along the
volcanic peaks. Movement is relatively unhindered parallel to
coasts of the islands, usually at the mouths of streams and rivers.
the slopes, but since there are numerous deep ravines and val-
These soils are alluvial types and are frequently flooded and
leys radiating from the peaks, continuous movement at right
nontrafficable during and after rainy periods. During dry
angles to the slopes is practically impossible.
weather, however, they are moderately trafficable.
The most common type of land in Mindanao is rough land
The swamps and marshes in the Halmahera group do not
at intermediate altitudes. The soils in these areas are thin, well-
usually cover large areas in the interior. The larger ones, which
drained, and trafficable where topography permits except dur-
are on Halmahera itself, have been mapped and should be con-
ing and immediately after heavy rainfall. They are developed on
sidered nontrafficable at all times unless ground reconnaissance
a variety of rocks including poorly consolidated alluvial and lit-
reveals feasible routes not now noted on available maps. There
toral deposits, recent unconsolidated volcanic debris, tertiary
are fairly large areas of swamps and marshland on many of the
sediments, and older lavas and intrusive rocks. These soils ex-
coastal lowlands and along the larger river valleys. The swamps
tend from high mountain areas to the coast in many parts of the
(moeras) are very wet and muddy with standing water. Locally
islands. Topography is a more serious obstacle to movement over
in such areas, a man may sink to his shoulders. The marshland
this type of land than soil or weather conditions, except in the
(drasland) is also muddy but less deep, and generally there is
valleys.
no standing water. No attempt has been made to map the nar-
Land having periodically unfavorable trafficability is that
row coastal mangrove swamps. These are serious obstacles to
shown on the map as low rice land or periodically flooded land.
landing operations at many places (Chapter IV and accompany-
Such areas are confined to the valleys of the Agusan and Min-
ing Plans).
danao Rivers, to those valleys entering Davao Gulf from the
The most favorable season for ground movement is fall,
north, and to a small area near Zamboanga. This type of land
while the least favorable is spring. Trafficability should gener-
is usually found between the permanent swamp and marsh
ally be better on the southeastern coasts of the larger, islands
areas of the central part of the valleys and the better-drained
throughout the area, especially during the summer and fall.
land on the lower hill slopes. Where cultivated, these lands are
Page Il 28
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
usually flooded and nontrafficable from September through De-
Cagayan Sulu. The soils from both the sediments and volcanics
cember in the northeastern part of Mindanao, and from Febru-
are similarly trafficable where topography permits, except dur-
ary through May in southeastern Mindanao. At other times,
ing and immediately following heavy rainfall. Steep slopes and
these soils are trafficable when dry, but require a longer time to
narrow valleys restrict movement of vehicles in many of the
regain trafficability after periods of rain than the soil types al-
islands on which these soils occur.
ready mentioned.
The third type of soil is that which occurs in permanently
High mountain land is common in the interior of Mindanao
nontrafficable swamp and marsh areas. The largest of these areas
and in the central parts of its peninsulas. The rugged topog-
are indicated on the map. The narrow mangrove coastal strips
raphy and dense forests in most of these areas are the chief
have not been mapped in all cases but are very common especial-
hindrances to vehicular movement.
ly around the small low coral islands.
The swamp and marsh lands of permanent poor trafficability
The average annual rainfall in the Sulu Archipelago is about
on Mindanao cover large areas, in the upper Mindanao and
70 inches and on Cagayan Sulu, 83 inches. In the Sulu Archi-
Agusan River valleys, where they usually surround the numer-
pelgo, the most favorable time for vehicular movement is win-
ous lakes. In addition, there are some smaller areas of swamps
ter, but conditions become steadily unfavorable as the seasons
and marshes along the coasts of Mindanao and the smaller
progress into summer. On Cagayan Sulu trafficability conditions
islands off its shores. Since steep slopes extend to the shores at
are best during spring and least favorable during fall and win-
many places on Mindanao, coastal shallow water and mangrove
ter, which reflects the island's exposed position to the northeast
swamps are limited except in some of the bays. The more im-
monsoons.
portant coastal obstacles are discussed and mapped in CHAPTER
IV.
F. Northern Borneo.
There is considerable variation in annual rainfall and its
Soil trafficability information of only general nature is avail-
seasonal distribution in northern Mindanao. The most favorable
able for Northeast Borneo. Four major bedrock units are out-
trafficability conditions occur during the summer, while the
lined on FIGURE II 44: the generally unconsolidated qua-
worst conditions occur during the winter.
ternary sediments of the coastal lowlands and interior basins,
In the central part of Mindanao, the precipitation is generally
the poorly consolidated tertiary sediments lying between the in-
less at the lowland stations than in the northeast. Although
terior mountains and coastal lowlands, the volcanic rocks of the
there is considerable variation from place to place, trafficability
Darvel Bay and Cowie Harbor regions, and the consolidated
in Veruela is generally best during the winter, and least favor-
pre-tertiary rocks of the interior mountain country. The soils
able during summer and fall.
developed through lateritic weathering from all of these rocks
Along the southern coasts, and particularly the southwestern
should be friable, permit rapid drainage of excess water, and be
coasts, weather conditions are more conducive to good traffica-
trafficable except during and immediately after heavy precipi-
bility than they are elsewhere. Glan has an average annual rain-
tation. Those derived from rocks such as shales, with fine-tex-
fall of 58 inches, and Zamboanga receives only 42 inches. In
tured clay components predominating, have less favorable
this area, the most favorable season is winter while the least
drainage properties, are probably very slippery when wet, and
favorable conditions occur during summer and fall.
require more time to regain trafficability after periods of rain.
Soil information is not available for the southern part of the
E. Sulu Archipelago.
Borneo sector of the Celebes Sea Area. The limited geologic in-
The soils of this area are of 3 general types, when con-
formation concerning that region indicates that the soils occur-
sidered on the basis of their trafficability.
ring there are probably of similar trafficability to those mapped
The first type consists chiefly of sandy soils, developed on
in the northern part of Borneo.
uplifted coral reefs, and found on most of the low islands on
The unconsolidated alluvium of the coastal areas is least
either side of the central arc. These islands include the Pangu-
trafficable near the mouths of the rivers and between the nat-
taran group and those to the southwest including Laparan,
ural levees and the better-drained hill slopes. The interior basins
Dammai, Sibutu and its adjacent islands, as well as Simunul and
are floored with interbedded silt, sand, and coarse gravel, and
the low islands of the Tawitawi, Samales, Tapiantana, and
although trafficable when dry are periodically flooded and non-
Pilas groups. Many of these islands, including Tongquil and
trafficable. Heavy forest and rough mountain topography pro-
those islands between Tongquil and Jolo in the Samales group,
vide serious obstacles to vehicular movement in the interior
Kaludlud and Dassalan in the Pilas group, Mantabuan and ad-
regions.
jacent islands in the Tawitawi group, Cabingaan island in the
Extensive swamps and marshes occurring at the mouths of
Tapal group, and practically all of the islands in the Pangutaran
the major rivers and along parts of the coastal lowlands should
group, are largely covered with impassable mangrove swamps.
be considered nontrafficable at all times unless found by ground
Where mangroves are not present the coarse-textured soils are
reconnaissance to be usable. There are some low coral islands
trafficable at all times.
off the eastern coast, such as Maratoea, which have trafficable
Among the second type soils some are derived from sedi-
soils at all times. Most of the islands, however, other than those
ments. These soils occur on the larger islands-such as Tawi-
at the mouths of the major streams, have rough topography
tawi-in the central part of the arc, and on the high islands of
which precludes rapid movement of vehicles. Most of the is-
the Pilas, Tapiantana, and Samales groups also on Marungas, a
lands just south of Darvel Bay are of this type.
small island just north of Jolo. Soils derived from recent vol-
The annual rainfall in Northeastern Borneo averages about
canic rock and unconsolidated volcanic ash occur on the larger
100 inches but is variable and probably higher on the exposed
islands of the Tapul group, Jolo, on the high islands in the Pilas,
mountain slopes. South of Tawau, the most favorable season for
Tapiantana, and Samales groups, and the separate island of
movement of vehicles is summer, but north of Tawau this con-
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Page Il 29
dition is less apparent and there is little consistency in the sea-
Plan 2, which should be studied concurrently with the text ma-
sonal precipitation records from station to station.
terial given below:
G. Northern Celebes.
A. Natural vegetation.
From what is known of the soils of the northern peninsula
Certain general vegetation types are common to all the
of Celebes, it appears that they are similar to those of Halma-
islands of the region, but the distribution and the relative
hera. Because of incomplete information, much of this area
cannot be mapped as to soil type. Furthermore, the coarse- and
amount of area covered by each type vary greatly, depending
upon population density, rainfall, drainage, and soil. There is
medium-textured soils have not been separated. These coarse-
also considerable variation within the types themselves, depend-
and medium-textured soils cover large areas especially in the
ent upon the same factors. The main vegetation cover types
eastern part of the northern peninsula of Celebes. They are de-
are briefly described in the following paragraphs.
rived from consolidated and unconsolidated volcanic ash, from
granite and granite-like rocks, from miscellaneous consolidated
(1) Rain forest.
sediments including sandstone, shale, conglomerate and lime-
This is the original type of forest cover on most of the island
stone and from coarse- and medium-textured alluvium. They
areas, but it has been greatly reduced in many places by human
probably extend from one coast to the other in some places and
activities. It still covers most of the rough, uninhabited terrain.
are found also on many of the off-lying islands, particularly
Particularly characteristic is the very dense overhead canopy,
those along the north coast. As a group they should be traffic-
100 to 140 feet in height, which shuts out almost all sunlight
able where topography permits except during and immediately
and renders the floor of the forest dark and damp. Species of
after heavy precipitation.
trees are numerous and varied, and with few exceptions, the
Much of the interior of Celebes is mountainous and heavily
trees are broad-leafed. There also are numerous species of vines
forested and therefore nontrafficable, regardless of weather.
(lianas), creepers, and ferns. The trees stand close together, and
There are numerous small coral islets along the coast of north-
the trunks are free of branches to a considerable height. Many
ern Celebes, particularly in the Gulf of Tomini, which have
trees send out roots at some distance above the ground which
coarse-textured soils which are trafficable at all times.
spread to a radius of several yards. The trees are often dripping
So far as is known, fine-textured soils cover large areas only
with moisture.
near the western end of the northern peninsula of Celebes.
Two types of rain forest may be recognized:
These soils are derived from micaceous rocks, soft-sheared basic
(a) Rain forest with sparse undergrowth. (FIGURE Il
metamorphic rocks, limestone, and fine-textured alluvium.
34). There is an absence of thick undergrowth due to the small
Where topography is favorable, these soils should be trafficable
amount of light which reaches the floor of the forest. Visibility
except during and after heavy precipitation. Slippery when wet,
is poor, due to close spacing of trees and dim light. The under-
they require somewhat longer to dry out and regain trafficabil-
growth offers little obstruction to free movement of men on
ity after precipitation, than do the coarse- and medium-textured
foot, except for small detours to avoid lianas, fallen trees and
soils.
thorny palms. The close stand of the trees, together with fallen
Soils of less favorable trafficability occur at the mouths of the
trees, prohibits movement of motor vehicles. Often too, the
major streams. These soils are trafficable when dry, but are fre-
ground is very wet and soggy.
quently flooded and impassable during periods of heavy pre-
cipitation,
As in the Halmahera Sector, there are fairly large areas of
swamps and marsh land at places along the coastal lowlands.
These areas are always nontrafficable. In addition, narrow coast-
al strips of mangrove swamps occur at many places.
Thin residual soils predominate in the mountain areas of
Celebes. Although some of these areas between 1,200 and 4,500
feet have been mapped, many of the unmapped areas are also
mountainous. In such areas, vehicular movement is impeded
more by the rough topography than by soil or weather condi-
tions.
The average annual rainfall in northern Celebes is about 90
inches. It is highest in the northern part where it averages 101
inches, and lowest in the southern part where it averages 78
inches. Lowest average annual rainfall occurs on the southern
coast at Gorontalo, where it is 48 inches, and at Tinombo where
it is 50 inches, Trafficability conditions are most favorable dur-
ing summer, less favorable during fall and spring and least
favorable during winter.
24. Vegetation
FIGURE Il 34. New Guinea.
Rain forest with comparatively sparse undergrowth. Characteristic also
Vegetation distribution in the Celebes Sea Area is shown on
of rain forests in Celebes Sea Area.
Page Il 30
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
(b) Rain forest with undergrowth. (FIGURE II . 35).
ficult and sometimes dangerous, due to concealed obstructions
Where sufficient light penetrates the overhead canopy, there is
or rock fissures. Cover is as complete as in the rain forest and
thick undergrowth. Such areas are found marginal to the rain
visibility is usually restricted to a few yards.
forests or occur on steep slopes and along streams. The floor of
the forest is covered with a jungle of vines, bushes, palms, bam-
boos, and other undergrowth. Movement is extremely difficult
and slow due to the necessity of hacking a way through the
tangled vegetation. The overhead cover is quite as complete as
in the more open rain forest. Horizontal visibility is usually re-
stricted to a few feet.
FIGURE Il 36. New Guinea.
Moss forest. Typical also of large parts of forested areas in Mindanao,
Borneo, and other lands of Celebes Sea Area.
(4) Mangrove swamp.
FIGURE II 35. New Guinea.
Mangrove trees grow thickest along protected coasts with
Rain forest bordering river where light penetraring under trees encour-
ages heavy undergrowth. Similar conditions are found along forest edges
low, muddy, flat lands, especially about the mouths of streams
and on steep slopes in Borneo, Mindanao, and other parts of Celebes
or along their lower courses. The trees are of fairly even height,
Sea Area.
commonly 20 to 40 feet or more. They are close-set and send
out a tangle of prop-roots growing from the trunks at a wide
(2) Second growth. (FIGURE II 1).
angle, as much as 10 feet above the ground. Underneath, the
This type of forest occupies areas once cultivated, on which
ground is likely to be thick, slippery mud, which may be covered
the forest has again taken possession but has not reached ma-
with water at high tide. A network of narrow, fairly deep water
turity. Vegetation of greatly varying height and density may be
courses is likely to interlace the swamp area. The swamps are
found within the same local areas, depending upon the age of
very difficult to penetrate, both because of the tangle of prop-
growth. Within the cut-over forest, patches are cleared for cul-
roots and because of mud or water.
tivation each year, then abandoned after two or three years. Seen
(5) Nipa swamp.
from above, small areas of growth of varying height give a
Nipa palms occupy the drier and less salty areas beyond man-
spotted appearance. Such forests predominate in northern Bor-
grove swamps. Patches of them may be distributed like islands
neo and in considerable areas in Halmahera. Early stage second
within the larger mangrove areas, particularly in deltas. The
growth consists of thickets of tangled bush, brambles, and creep-
fronds of the trunkless palms (10 to 15 feet high) grow
ers, which may be interspersed with large trees and stumps.
straight out of the ground, which is usually thick mud or even
Movement may be as difficult as in rain forest with under-
shallow water. The palms grow very close together with the
growth. Cover is complete for men, but it may be difficult to
stiff and tough leaves against each other or interlaced. The
conceal motor vehicles completely in areas of relatively young
palms are lighter in color than the mangroves. Movement is
second growth. Bamboo thickets are common as second growth,
extremely difficult due to the dense growth and the lack of solid
especially in Halmahera and Mindanao.
footing. Concealment is usually complete, and visibility is
(3) Moss forest. (FIGURE II 36).
limited to a few feet.
This type occurs in the higher altitudes, above 6,000 feet
(6) Swamp forest. (FIGURE Il 37).
near the Equator, but extends to lower altitudes as one goes from
Swamp forest is commonly found in conjunction with sago
the Equator. In northeastern Mindanao and in some parts of Bor-
palm swamps in those areas where accumulation of mud or silt
neo its lowest occurrence is at about 3,500 feet. This forest occu-
has been sufficient to leave these areas comparatively dry during
pies areas in which evaporation is practically nil, and generally
the dry season, although covered with water during the wet
conforms to the zone of greatest cloudiness. It is dripping wet,
season. Trees with prop roots or roots which extend from the
and the atmosphere is gloomy, cold and depressing. A layer of
base of the trees in large slab-like projections are especially
moss and decayed vegetation covers the ground, to a thickness
characteristic. Individual trees may be 100 feet or more in
of several feet, covering fallen trunks and branches. The trees
height. The swamp forest may resemble somewhat a rain forest
are also covered with lichens and festoons of moss. As a rule,
with a fairly thick undergrowth of smaller trees and shrubs.
the forest consists of a thick undergrowth of slender unbranched
Thin stands of sago palms may be included. Except for vines,
trees. Sometimes the trees are dwarfed. The forest is silent due
palms, and some bushy undergrowth, movement in the swamp
to nearly complete absence of bird, animal, and insect life, and
forest during the dry season may be as easy as in the rain forest
to the absorption of sound by the moss. Movement is very dif-
with sparse undergrowth. In some parts of Halmahera the
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Page Il 31
swamp forest is composed of almost pure stands of sago palms.
cult but not impossible. The heat may be almost unbearable,
Sago is also fairly abundant in the swamp forests of northern
due to lack of breeze and shade. Motor vehicles can move
Celebes.
through the grass without great difficulty. Planes can make
FIGURE II 37. New Guinea.
Swamp forest. Typical also in Celebes Sea Area.
(7) Marsh grass, sedge, and wild cane.
emergency landings with wheels up in tall grass. Troops can
Large areas of floating grasses and sedges are found in the
find cover from ground view, and fair cover from air view.
interior of Mindanao (FIGURE Il - 20). Wild cane, called "pit
Visibility varies from excellent in short grass to a couple of feet
pit" in New Guinea, resembles tall reeds and grows densely to
in the tallest and densest grass.
a height of 12 feet (FIGURE II - 38). It frequently fringes the
banks of rivers, but does not cover large areas, Floating grass
(9) Special types of vegetation.
areas have no footing, and can be crossed only by canoe where
There are several types of plant growth which are found in
narrow waterways have been opened. Wild cane may grow in
relatively small areas, and are of only local significance. They
several feet of water.
include: (a) the casuarina forest, a sparse growth of low trees
with needle-like foliage, found on sandy ridges along the beaches
(8) Open grassland. (FIGURES II . 3 and II - 39).
and easily penetrable by troops; (b) scrub and dwarf forests at
Extensive natural grasslands are found in Mindanao in the
high altitudes, limited to a few mountain summits, with trees
areas of lesser rainfall. On other islands grasslands are limited in
growing densely to heights of 10 to 20 feet; (c) alpine vegetation
area, developing generally after cultivation. The common type
of scrub and grass on the highest summit areas, as on Mount
of grass is known as "cogon" in the Philippines and elsewhere as
Kinabalu in northern Borneo.
"alang alang" or "kunai." It is very coarse and dense, growing
B. Cultivated lands.
usually to a height of 4 to 6 feet, but occasionally up to 12 feet.
The blades are about 1/2 inch wide and have serrated edges. The
The total area of land actually under cultivation-is relatively
natives burn off large areas in the dry season, but the grass
small. The island of Mindanao includes much the greater part.
quickly grows back to maturity. Travel on foot in cogon is diffi-
Two distinct types of cultivation should be noted:
Page Il 32
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
FIGURE II 38. Mindanao.
Wild cane at crossing on upper Agusan River, near Compostella. This growth is characteristic of low muddy stream banks
clearings which are cultivated for 2 or 3 years and then aban-
doned for new sites. Grass and second growth forest then take
possession. In a few local, more densely populated areas in Min-
danao, Minahasa, and northwest Borneo, cultivated fields and
abandoned open grassy patches are more or less continuous.
Rice paddies, common along the stream valleys of Borneo,
Celebes, and some parts of Mindanao, are cultivated from year
to year (FIGURE II 33). Corn is the chief crop in the shifting
clearings. Some yams, bananas, taro, sugar cane, and vegetables,
are also grown. In areas of shifting clearings the cultivation is
spotted amid second growth in various stages.
C. Distribution of vegetation in Halmahera.
The island is almost entirely covered with rain forests in
which it is difficult to make progress due to vines. Coconut
FIGURE II 39. Mindanao,
Cotabato Basin. Buldun. Looking NE. 1939. Tpyical open stand of
palms or plantations extend along much of the coast. Back from
cogon grass.
the coast, a belt of plains, hills, and valleys includes native
(1) Plantations.
clearings, local grass areas and considerable second growth.
The grass, here called "alang alang," corresponds to the "cogon"
These are found chiefly on the better drained sandy lands of
of the Philippines and the "kunai" of New Guinea.
the coastal plains, although in Mindanao there is much scat-
tered cultivation of the plantation type in inland valleys and
(1) Southern Halmahera.
plains, Coconut plantations are by far the most common. They
Most of the coast is bordered by coconut trees and groves. In-
are located on or near the coasts. Next in importance are abaca
land, the country is uninhabited and covered with dense rain
(hemp) plantations in Mindanao, and rubber in northeast
forests, which extend to the coast of the southern extremity and
Borneo. Of minor importance are tobacco and coffee plantations
some parts of the east coast. On the west coast there are scat-
in North Borneo, and pineapples in Mindanao. Plantation vege-
tered small coconut plantations between Semo and Lifofa, and
tation generally permits free movement on foot or by motor
native clearings and second growth in a narrow belt back of the
vehicle, except in neglected coconut groves where young coconuts
coast. On the northeast coast, around Weda and Foja, and in
and other undergrowth have come up. Well-kept plantations
the river valleys between, a pattern of coconut plantations, na-
have networks of roadways. The coconut trees usually are plant-
tive clearings, grass areas and second growth extends some miles
ed in rows far enough apart (ordinarily about 30 feet) to per-
inland. Mangrove swamps are found at the mouths and along
mit movement of motor vehicles between. Abaca plantations
the lower courses of the larger streams on the east coast, north
often are traversed by roads, and the plants, although 10 to 18
of Foja. The coast north of Maidi is swampy, and swamp land
feet high, have shallow roots and are easily pushed over by
extends inland between Maidi and Lifofa. Damar Island is en-
tanks and trucks (FIGURES II 6 and II 40).
tirely covered with rain forest.
(2) Cultivated fields.
(2) Central Halmabera.
The most common practice of the natives is to make small
Mangrove swamps extend along much of the west coast be-
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Page II 33
tween Pajaheislam and Akelamo and for a few miles north of
Akelama, as well as along stretches of coast on the southeastern
peninsula. Coconut groves are found along most of the west
coast, also along the coast of the southeastern peninsula and
some stretches of coast on the northeastern peninsula. Most of
the streams have mangrove swamps at their mouths and along
their lower courses. Farther inland there are grassy areas along
the bottoms of the main stream valleys. There are occasional
grassy marshes. Native clearings and second growth occur on the
coastal lands of the southeastern peninsula and along the south
coasts of the northeastern peninsula. All the interior is covered
with dense rain forest. Much of that near the coasts has heavy
undergrowth.
(3) Northern Halmabera.
The interior is densely covered with rain forest, but there
is relatively more cultivation and grassland than in other parts
of Halmahera. North of Djailolo is an area of well-kept coco-
FIGURE II 40. Mindanao.
nut plantations, scattered fields, and areas of abandoned culti-
Lanao Uplands. Alubijid west of Cagayan. 1939. Abaca plants.
vation which have gone into grass or have reverted to various
stages of second growth (FIGURE II 1). On the east side of the
D. Vegetation distribution in the Sangihe-Talaud Is-
peninsula, the plain of the lower Kaoe River has considerable
lands.
areas in grass. There are also many scattered cultivated spots.
All of the intermediate mountain slopes of the larger islands
Coconut groves extend along the coast from Malifoet north to
are covered with forests. Coconut groves are continuous along
Tobelo. A belt of grassland parallels much of this coast. The
the sandy coasts and on well-drained coastal plains. Native
country around Tobelo and Galela is also a mixture of coconut
clearings, gardens, and second growth extend up the lower
plantations, native clearings, second growth, and grassland.
slopes of the mountains. The higher volcanic slopes are barren,
Grasslands extend northward over the Galela Plain. On the west
or covered with dense low brush. Occasional mangrove swamps
side of the peninsula there are plantations around Baroe on the
are found on sheltered low coasts. Some of the smallest islands
coast and extending inland around Iboe. There are mangrove
are almost entirely covered with coconut palms.
swamps at the heads of Galela and Djailolo Bays.
E. Vegetation distribution in Mandanao.
(4) Morotai Island.
The greater part of the rough terrain on the island is forested.
Coconut palms fringe all of the south and east coasts. There
The forests are most nearly continuous in the eastern part of the
are also considerable areas of marsh land, especially at the river
island, on the western peninsula, and in the Southern Mountain
mouths on the southwest coast. Grasslands or bamboo thickers
Region. There are extensive grasslands, however, throughout
extend in narrow bands inland along the streams. All of the rest
the central part, and some grasslands in the west coastal regions.
of the island is dense rain forest.
Districts where cultivation is shifted frequently and in which
(5) Western Volcanic Islands.
considerable areas of second growth occur, are widely distrib-
uted. The better drained lowlands have abaca plantations or
Ternate has a considerable amount of cultivated land. Many
permanently cultivated fields of rice, corn, sugar cane, and other
villages and fields dot the coastal region though they are more
crops,
isolated inland. All of the southern slopes of the mountain are
dotted with gardens. Rain forest with undergrowth and second
(1) Southern Mountain Region.
growth cover the rest of the mountain sides. The top of the vol-
This region is an almost unbroken forest. A belt of moss forest
canic cone is barren or covered with grass and brush. There are
covers the higher mountain ranges, paralleling the coast inland
a number of coconut plantations around Kajoa. The other is-
and west of Sarangani Bay. There are several small areas of
lands have scattered clearings and second growth along the
moss forest east of the bay also, on the range paralleling the
coast, grading into rain forests in the interior. Mangrove
Pacific Coast. Open grass country extends inland from the north
swamps are common along the east coasts of Tidore, Kajoa, and
coast of Sarangani Bay. At the western end of the region, north
Laloein.
of Linao Bay, there is a smaller area of mixed grassland and
forests, and all along the coast a narrow belt of scattered fields,
(6) Batjan Islands.
occasional coconut plantations and much second growth.
Coconut groves fringe most of the coasts. Plantations are fair-
ly continuous on Barian Island south of Laboeha. Inland from
(2) Central Mountain Region.
Laboeha, sago swamps extend toward Babang Bay. There are a
Except near the north coast, this region is covered by almost
few small areas of grassland and bamboo in the interior valleys.
continuous rain forest. There are two small areas of moss forest
Most of the area of the islands is covered with rain forests. Man-
in the mountains east of Macajalar Bay. On the east coast of
grove swamps extend along the south coast of Mandioli and
Macajalar Bay there is a belt of villages, scattered fields and
along Sambaki Strait.
grasslands, and farther inland an area of mixed grassland and
Page Il 34
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
forest. Bordering the streams, the forests have dense under-
(7) Lanao Uplands.
growth, but inland they are comparatively open.
Around Lake Lanao, and northward to Iligan Bay, the coun-
try is open and grassy, with much of it under cultivation, rice be-
(3) Davao Lowlands.
ing the chief crop. East of Lake Lanso, the long slopes leading
Cultivation is more extensive in this region than elsewhere
to the drainage divide are covered with dense wet forests. Some
in Mindanao. There are extensive plantations of abaca extend-
moss forest is found on the mountain slopes southeast of the
ing back from the coast, especially up the Davao, Talomo and
lake. South of the lake the country is forested, but nearer the
Daliao River valleys. (FIGURE II - 6). There is a network of
coast the forest is only scattered. In the vicinity of Malabang on
private roads through these plantations. Many coconut planta-
Illana Bay, the coastal region is open grass with considerable
tions border the coast. Mangrove swamps fringe much of the
scattered cultivation and extensive coconut plantations.
coast north of Davao and around the head of the bay. These
swamps are most extensive at the mouths of the rivers, especial-
(8) Western Mindanao.
ly the Hijo, Tuganay, and Padada rivers. Sporadic native cul-
Rain forests cover much of the area and are particularly
tivation with second growth is characteristic of the lower east
dense on the slopes of the mountains to the north and east. A
and south slopes of Mount Apo, and the river valleys extending
considerable mountain area west of Iligan Bay is covered with
inland from the northern part of Davao Gulf.
moss forest. The coastal regions tributary to Sibuguey Bay, and
on the opposite north coast, are mostly in cogon grass. Grass
(4) Eastern Mindanao.
also covers much of the uplands to the north, and open, partly
Dense forests cover all of the region except for small cul-
cultivated country extends up the Sibuguey Valley. There is
tivated areas along or near the coasts. Most of the forest has
also a stretch of grass country berween Dumanquilas and Illana
comparatively sparse undergrowth, but on the narrow coastal
Bays, but Baganian Peninsula is forested. The coastal region
plain there is considerable dense second growth in areas for-
west of Iligan Bay is quite densely populated and has coconut
merly cultivated. Mangrove swamps are not common on the
groves on the low ground back of the beach. Mangrove swamps
east coast except for about 10 miles of coast southeastward from
fringe much of this coast. They are quite extensive around the
Surigao and a small area at the head of Lianga Bay. Along the
head of Panguil Bay and on the deltas of the Sibuguey and
coast there are scattered, small, settled areas where the natives
Kumalarang rivers. Mangrove swamps also fringe much of the
grow rice, hemp, and coconuts. Cultivation is most extensive
coast to the east and northeast of Zamboanga. Coconut groves
in the north, between Surigao and Lake Mainit. Extending in-
extend along the coast at the south end of the Zamboanga
land from the coast, north of Carrascal for about 15 miles, there
Peninsula (FIGURE II - 18). The Goodyear rubber plantation
is a large area of red soil, barren of vegetation. There are 2
is located at Kabasalan, 3 miles inland and north of Sibuguey
fairly large areas of moss forest; one in the mountains east of
Bay. The coastal lands sloping toward Dumanquilas and Paga-
Davao Gulf, and the other in the Diuata Mountains. In the lat-
dian Bays have much second growth interspersed with culti-
ter area the moss forest extends downward as low as 3,500 feet
vated patches (FIGURE II -17).
and in the southern mountains down to about 4,000 feet. The
forests of this region are the wettest in Mindanao.
(9) Cotabato Basin.
Four types of country are included: grasslands, mixed grass
(5) Agusan Basin.
and forest, swamp, and cultivated lands. Mangrove swamps
Rain forests cover most of the Agusan Valley. There are
cover much of the delta lands of the Pulangi-Mindanao River.
mangrove and nipa swamps at the mouth of the Agusan River
Upstream from the delta, the flat lands bordering the lower
which extend up the river about 2 miles. Beyond this, both
Pulangi-Mindanao river are mostly in rice fields, especially
banks are covered with coconut trees. The east bank of the
around Cotabato (FIGURE II . 33). Grasslands extend from
river is generally lower and swampier than the west bank and
the coast southeastward over the plains of the Alah and Bunga
has considerable wild cane and swamp forest. Swamp areas ex-
rivers. Scattered forest and grass cover the northern part of the
tend along the east side south of Butuan for several miles. Be-
Cotabato Basin. The Libungan and Liguasan marshes cover
tween Butuan and Esperanza there is low-lying farm land. Up-
extensive areas through the central part. They are mostly COV-
stream from Talacogon there is an extensive area of marsh,
ered with floating grasses (FIGURE II 20) or reeds, merging in-
with floating grasses and sedges, and with strips of swamp bor-
to forest on the slightly higher natural levees along the rivers
dering the river. The swampy area extends for 15 to 20 miles
(FIGURE II - 10). At Kusiong, on the coast south of the delta,
back from the main channel, on both sides.
there is an abaca and a coconut plantation. Inland, there is a
(6) Bukidnon Uplands.
rubber plantation at Kabacan. Bongo Island, off the coast, is
mostly covered with patches of coconut trees.
Cogon grass (kunai) covers all of the northern and eastern
parts, in the drainage basins of the Pulangi, Cagayan, and Ta-
goloan Rivers (FIGURE II 3). The grass is exceptionally high
F. Vegetation distribution in Sulu Archipelago and Basi-
lan Island.
between Bugo and Alae in the northern part. The grasslands
are broken by scattered fields, especially near the coast of Maca-
Many of these islands (particularly those in the central por-
jalar Bay and along the road south of Cotabato. Corn and up-
tion) are extensively cultivated by the natives. The fields are
land rice are important crops. The Katanglad and Kalatungan
well laid out and cultivation is continuous. Areas of second
Mountains, in the western part, are forest-covered. The higher
growth are subordinate, but increase in proportion inland, giv-
areas are in moss forest. The Del Monte pineapple plantation
ing way to rain forests on the steeper slopes. The more rugged
extends for about 7 miles northward from near the base of the
islands are almost entirely covered with forests with little or no
Katanglad Mountains.
cultivation. Mangrove and nipa swamps border the sheltered
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Page Il 35
coasts of the larger island, and completely cover some of the
ests tend to have considerable undergrowth except where it has
small low islands.
been cut. Native clearings and also spots of second growth are
(1) Basilan Island.
sparsely scattered through most of the forested regions. Nearly
all the trees are broad-leafed. Along the main valley bottoms
More than half of the island is forested. Native cultivation
there is relatively much more cultivated land. Practically all the
is extensive, and there are several small rubber plantations in
rest of the land has been under cultivation fairly recently and
the northern and eastern parts of the island between Isabela,
has gone to second growth or tall grass ("alang"). Casuarina
Lamitan, and Bohelebong. There are also scattered patches of
forests are characteristic along the coast. Mangrove swamps
cultivated land and much second growth along the south coast.
border the coast line, especially at the mouths of the rivers
Mangrove swamps extend along much of the southwest and
where they are bordered inland by nipa palm swamps.
southeast coasts,
(2) Jolo Island.
(2) British North Borneo.
The island is very largely under cultivation or in grassland
Except for the relatively small areas of cultivated lands and
which was formerly cultivated. The fields are contiguous, mod-
grasslands, North Borneo is forest-covered. Primary rain forest
erately large, well laid out, and separated only by lines of brush
with sparse undergrowth are found mainly over the summits
or local patches of second growth. The most intensively culti-
of the ridges or mountains, above 3,500 to 4,000 feet elevation.
vated areas are around Jolo, Maimbung, Parang, and Seit (FIG-
The lower forests are all cut-over, having been partly cleared
URE II - 23), adjacent to the coast, and around Talipaw in the
by the natives for their products. Beginning near the coast the
interior. Most of the fields are open, but many groves of tropical
forests, therefore, have dense undergrowth which becomes more
fruit trees are included. Only a few minor areas of mountain or
sparse until the primary undisturbed forest is reached. The for-
hill country remain in forest. There are mangrove swamps
ests include more than 500 species of trees, nearly all of them
along parts of the south coast. The larger islands of the Tapul
broad-leafed. In the Crocker Range, in the western part, most
group (including Pata, Tapul, Lugus, Lapac, and Siasi Islands),
forests occur at elevation above 5,000 or 6,000 feet. On Mount
south of Jolo Island, are similarly largely under cultivation, but
Kinabalu, dwarf forests and scrub cover the slopes above the
include areas of second growth and forest (FIGURE II 26).
moss forest.
The flat lands along the coast are grasslands for the most
(3) Tawitawi Island.
part, within which there are cultivated areas, mostly in rice.
In the southwestern part of the island open cultivated fields,
The hill lands near the coast are largely covered with second
grassy patches, and second growth cover the landscape (FIGURE
growth. The hill or mountain zone comes much closer to the
II - 25). In the eastern part of the island, patches under cultiva-
west coast than to the east, and forested mountain spurs extend
tion are widely scattered amid second growth which grades in-
to the coastline. The valley bottoms include many open areas
land to rain forest with dense undergrowth. On other parts of
of tall grass, as well as second growth, rice fields, and rubber
the island there are only narrow coastal strips having cultivated
plantations. Coconut plantations are distributed along the coast.
patches and second growth. The interior of the island is covered
Minor plantation crops are tobacco, coffee, tea, abaca, and sugar
with rain forest. The neighboring small islands off the northeast
cane. The system of shifting cultivation has produced large
coast of Tawitawi are mostly in rain forest and second growth,
areas of second growth on the western side of the major drain-
with only isolated clearings. There are coconut plantations on
age divide, Mangrove and nipa swamps occur at the mouths
the southwestern tip of Sanga Sanga Island. On Simunul, south
of the rivers, and on the east side, where the rivers have less
of Tawitawi, there are coconut groves along the coast and
current, the swamps extend up stream, giving way inland to
scattered clearings and second growth farther inland (FIGURE
fresh water swamp forests.
II - 27). Manuk Manka Island is covered with second growth
and rain forest having dense undergrowth. Broad areas of man-
H. Vegetation distribution in Celebes (north of the Equa-
grove and nipa swamps are almost universal along the eastern
tor).
coast of Tawitawi and along the shores of the numerous, small
Rain forests cover the mountains, which comprise the major
neighboring islands.
portions of the region. Some parts of the coastal plains tend to
be swampy. At the eastern extremity of the peninsula the popu-
G. Vegetation distribution in Northern and Eastern
lation is fairly dense and much of the area is in cultivation. The
Borneo.
well drained portions of the coastal plain are almost entirely
More than 80% of the area is forested. Primary rain forests
under cultivation, with coconuts, rice, and corn as the principal
with sparse undergrowth extend over the ridge summits, but
crops.
on the lower slopes and plains the forests have heavy under-
growth, becoming thinner inland. They include occasional
(1) Minabasa-Bolaäng-Mongondow.
clearings and areas of second growth. Along the stream valleys
Rain forests with sparse undergrowth cover the mountains,
the land is almost entirely in scattered fields, grass, and second
especially toward the west side. Toward the east coast the for-
growth. Casuarina forests border much of the coast which is
ests are comparatively dry and there are local valleys with al-
not in swamp.
most arid vegetation including masses of cacti. In most places,
the coastal plain and also the foothills are covered with tall
(1) Dutch Borneo (north of the Equator).
grass, called "alang alang," (cogon or kunai). Grassy areas
Rain forest covers much the greater part of the region. Many
with native clearings ("ladangs") and plantations extend also
of these forests are utilized or worked by the natives for both
up the lower slopes of the volcanic mountains (FIGURE II 41).
commercial products and for their own sustenance. These for-
Considerable flat land is under cultivation with native fields of
Page Il 36
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
FIGURE II 41. Celebes.
Minahasa Region. Exact locality and date unknown. Native clearings ("ladangs") with upland rice and some palms. Rain forest in background.
rice and corn and plantations of coconuts, rubber, some tobac-
sago. The largest area of swamps is on the delta of the Ran-
CO and coffee. Wet rice paddy fields ("sawabs") surround Ton-
dangan River on the south side of the peninsula. Coconuts are
dano Lake. Nipa and mangrove swamps are common at the
universally present along sandy shore lines.
mouths of the larger streams and behind the sandy beaches.
(2) Nortbern Peninsula,
This region is almost completely covered with rain forests.
25. Regional Summary
The coastal plains include limited areas of cultivation and sec-
The relief, drainage, vegetation, and water supply of the
ond growth. The swamps on the coastal plains include man-
Celebes Sea Area are summarized by terrain regions in TABLE
grove and nipa near the shores, and, farther inland, considerable
II 1 below:
TABLE II I
MAJOR AREA
TERRAIN REGION
RELIEF
DRAINAGE
VEGETATION
WATER SUPPLY
Halmabera
Southern Halmahera
Narrow coastal plains;
Small mountain
hilly to mountainous in-
Rain forest; narrow strips
Wells and streams
streams; muchswamp
of coconut plantations
rerior.
on coastal plains.
along the coast.
Central Halmahera
Mountainous: few scat-
Sangadji River: small
Rain forest in the interior;
tered coastal plains; NE
Wells and streams.
mountain streams;
cultivation and second
Peninsula, the most rug-
narrow swamps.
ged.
growth on coastal strips.
Northern Halmahera
Open plains; rolling
Kaoe River: other
(Kaoe-Tobelo Low-
country; dissected ter-
Much second growth; some
Wells and streams.
streams small:
lands and Ridges)
grasslands in lower Kaoe
races.
swamps in middle
valley; coconut planta-
Kaoe valley and near
tions along the coast.
Akelamo.
Northern Halmahera
Low
mountains;
steep
Lamo
River
and
Rain forest.
Streams
Relations
belongs_to